UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): October 3, 2013
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant specified in its charter)
Maryland | 1-34872 | 27-2481988 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction Of Incorporation) |
(Commission File Number) |
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
2100 Rexford Road
Suite 414
Charlotte, North Carolina 28211
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (704) 496-2500
Not applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
¨ | Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425) |
¨ | Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12) |
¨ | Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b)) |
¨ | Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c)) |
Item 1.01 | Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement. |
Offering of 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
On October 3, 2013, Campus Crest Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) and its operating partnership, Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP (the “Operating Partnership”), entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule II therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to the issuance and sale of 3,400,000 shares of the Company’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 510,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which the Underwriters partially exercised on October 8, 2013 to purchase an additional 400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock was issued at a public offering price of $25.0611 per share and has the same terms and conditions as the 2,300,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by the Company in February 2012, other than the issue date, the issue price and the date from which dividends will begin to accrue, and forms a single series of preferred stock. The offering closed on October 9, 2013.
The offering was made pursuant to an automatic shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2013 (File No. 333-188144), a base prospectus, dated April 25, 2013, included as part of the registration statement, and a prospectus supplement, dated October 3, 2013, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
The Underwriting Agreement is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, and the description of the material terms of the Underwriting Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to that exhibit.
On October 9, 2013, the Company and the Operating Partnership executed the First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership in connection with the Company’s completion of the offering of Series A Preferred Stock described above. The First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership designates and authorizes the issuance to the Company by the Operating Partnership of up to an additional 3,910,000 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units (the “Series A Preferred Units”), increasing the total number of Series A Preferred Units that may be issued by the Operating Partnership to the Company to 6,210,000. The Series A Preferred Units have substantially similar rights, preferences and other privileges as the Series A Preferred Stock.
A copy of the First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference. The summary set forth above is qualified in its entirety by reference to that exhibit.
Offering of its 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018
On October 9, 2013, the Operating Partnership issued $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”), including $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued pursuant to the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase additional Notes. The terms of the Notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of October 9, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Operating Partnership, as issuer, the Company, as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. A copy of the Indenture, including the form of the Notes and the guarantee, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, is attached as Exhibit 4.2 to this report. See Item 2.03 below for additional information.
The Notes, including the guarantee, and the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”) of the Company issuable in certain circumstances upon exchange of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Operating Partnership offered and sold the Notes to the initial purchasers of the Notes (the “Initial Purchasers”) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The Initial Purchasers then sold the Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
On October 9, 2013, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes, the Operating Partnership and the Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this report.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed that it will:
· | file a shelf registration statement (which shall be an automatic shelf registration statement if the Company is then a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) covering resales of the Common Stock, if any, issuable upon exchange of the Notes, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective on or prior to the 180th day after the original date of issuance of the Notes; and |
· | use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective to and including the earlier of: |
o | the 20th trading day immediately following the maturity date of October 15, 2018 (subject to extension in certain circumstances); and |
o | the date on which there are no longer outstanding any Notes or “restricted” shares (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes. |
If the Company does not meet these deadlines then, subject to certain exceptions, additional interest will accrue on the Notes to be paid semi-annually in arrears at a rate per year equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of Notes to and including the 90th day following such registration default and 0.50% of the principal amount thereafter, for the period during which the registration default is not cured.
Item 2.03 | Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant. |
On October 9, 2013, the Operating Partnership issued $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Operating Partnership and rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Operating Partnership. Interest is payable on April 15 and October 15 of each year beginning April 15, 2014 until the maturity date of October 15, 2018. The Operating Partnership’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.
The Notes bear interest at 4.75% per annum and contain an exchange settlement feature, which provides that the Notes may, under certain circumstances, be exchangeable for cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the option of the Operating Partnership, based on an initial exchange rate of 79.6020 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment of the exchange rate under certain circumstances. At the initial exchange rate, the Notes are exchangeable for Common Stock at an exchange price of approximately $12.56 per share of Common Stock, representing an approximately 25.0% premium over the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on October 3, 2013, which was $10.05 per share.
Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, the Notes will be exchangeable at the option of the holders only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 2013 (and only during such quarter) if the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock is more than 130% of its exchange price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter; (2) during the five consecutive business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock multiplied by the applicable exchange rate; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions described in the Indenture. On or after July 15, 2018, the Notes will be exchangeable at any time prior to the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date. Subject to its election to satisfy its exchange obligations entirely in shares of Common Stock, upon exchange, the Operating Partnership will pay or deliver, as the case may be, to exchanging holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes being exchanged a settlement amount either solely in cash, solely in shares or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock. At any time prior to July 15, 2018, the Operating Partnership may irrevocably elect, in its sole discretion without the consent of the holders of the Notes, to settle all of its future exchange obligation entirely in shares of Common Stock.
The Operating Partnership may not redeem the Notes prior to their maturity date.
The holders of the Notes have the right to require the Operating Partnership to repurchase the Notes in cash in whole or in part in the event of a designated event for a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus unpaid interest, if any, accrued to, but excluding, the repurchase date. The holders of the Notes who exchange their Notes in connection with a designated event of the type described in the first two bullets of the definition of designated event, as described below, may be entitled to a make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the exchange rate.
A “designated event” will be deemed to have occurred at the time that any of the following occurs:
· | any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not applicable), other than the Company, the Operating Partnership or any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, files a Schedule 13D or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s common equity representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Company’s common equity; |
· | the consummation of any (x) any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or reclassification or similar transaction between the Company and another person (other than its subsidiaries), in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock shall be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a transaction (i) that results in the holders of all classes of the Company’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction owning, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction, more than 50% of the surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such event or (ii) effected solely to change the Company’s jurisdiction of formation or to form a holding company for the Company and that results in a share exchange or reclassification or similar exchange of the outstanding Common Stock solely into common stock of the surviving entity or (y) any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to another person (other than any of the Company’s subsidiaries); |
· | the directors who either are members of the Company’s board of directors on October 3, 2013 or who become a member of the Company’s board of directors subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Company’s board of directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf of its entire board of directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director cease to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s board of directors; |
· | the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (other than as described in the second bullet above); |
· | the Common Stock (or other common stock underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors); or |
· | the Company (or any successor thereto permitted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) ceases to be, either directly or indirectly through one or more of its subsidiaries, the general partner of the Operating Partnership or ceases to control the Operating Partnership. |
Certain events are considered “Events of Default,” which may result in the accelerated maturity of the Notes, including:
· | default in the payment of any interest on the Notes when such interest becomes due and payable that continues for a period of 30 days; |
· | default in the payment of the principal of the Notes, or any repurchase price due with respect to the Notes, when due and payable; |
· | failure by the Operating Partnership or the Company to satisfy its obligations upon an exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture and such failure continues for five business days following the scheduled settlement date for such exchange; |
· | failure to provide timely notice in connection with a designated event; |
· | failure to comply with obligations related to a merger, consolidation or sale; |
· | failure to provide notice of the specified corporate transactions pursuant to which the Notes will be exchangeable prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding July 15, 2018; |
· | default in the performance, or breach, of any of the Operating Partnership’s or the Company’s other covenants or warranties in the Indenture with respect to the Notes and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice; |
· | default under any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, the Operating Partnership or by any subsidiary the repayment of which the Company or the Operating Partnership have guaranteed or for which the Company or Operating Partnership are directly responsible or liable as obligor or guarantor, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $35,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within the period specified in such instrument; |
· | a final judgment for the payment of $35,000,000 or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) rendered against the Operating Partnership, the Company or any of the Operating Partnership or the Company’s respective subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (1) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (2) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; or |
· | certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, or court appointment of a receiver, liquidator or trustee for the Company, the Operating Partnership or any significant subsidiary (within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act) or the Company or the Operating Partnership. |
Item 3.03. | Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders. |
On October 8, 2013, the Company filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland (“SDAT”) Articles Supplementary (the “Articles Supplementary”), to the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement filed with SDAT on September 15, 2010, as amended by the Amendment to the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Corporation, effective April 25, 2013, classifying and designating an additional 3,910,000 shares of the Company’s authorized preferred capital stock as shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, including 510,000 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full. The Series A Preferred Stock has the same terms and conditions as the 2,300,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by the Company on February 9, 2012 and provided for by the Articles Supplementary filed with SDAT on February 8, 2012 (the “Original Articles Supplementary”) other than the issue date, the issue price and the date from which dividends will begin to accrue, and forms a single series of preferred stock. The total shares of the Company’s authorized Series A Preferred Stock as of the date hereof is 6,210,000.
Item 5.03. | Amendments to Articles of Incorporation. |
On October 8, 2013, the Company filed the Articles Supplementary with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation classifying and designating an additional 3,910,000 shares of the Company's authorized preferred capital stock as shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, including 510,000 shares if the underwriters' option is exercised in full. The Articles Supplementary were effective as of 8:30 am on October 9, 2013. The information about the Articles Supplementary under Item 3.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including the summary description of the powers, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, is incorporated herein by reference.
A copy of the Articles Supplementary is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference. A specimen certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9.01 | Financial Statements and Exhibits |
(d) | Exhibits. |
Exhibit |
Description | |
1.1 | Underwriting Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, among the Company, Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule II therein | |
3.1 | Articles Supplementary establishing additional shares of Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock | |
4.1 | Form of Specimen Certificate for Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on February 7, 2012) | |
4.2 | Indenture, dated October 9, 2013, among Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, as issuer, Campus Crest Communities, Inc., as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, including the form of 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 and the form of the related guarantee | |
4.3 | Form of Global Note representing the Company’s 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2) | |
5.1 | Opinion of Hogan Lovells US LLP regarding legality of the shares | |
10.1 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 9, 2013, among Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, Campus Crest Communities, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. | |
10.2 | First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP | |
23.1 | Consent of Hogan Lovells US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||
Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary |
Dated: October 9, 2013
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit |
Description | |
1.1 | Underwriting Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, among the Company, Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule II therein | |
3.1 | Articles Supplementary establishing additional shares of Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock | |
4.1 | Form of Specimen Certificate for Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on February 7, 2012) | |
4.2 | Indenture, dated October 9, 2013, among Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, as issuer, Campus Crest Communities, Inc., as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, including the form of 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 and the form of the related guarantee | |
4.3 | Form of Global Note representing the Company’s 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2) | |
5.1 | Opinion of Hogan Lovells US LLP regarding legality of the shares | |
10.1 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 9, 2013, among Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, Campus Crest Communities, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. | |
10.2 | First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP | |
23.1 | Consent of Hogan Lovells US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). |
Exhibit 1.1
EXECUTION COPY
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC.
(a Maryland corporation)
8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred
Stock1
(Liquidation Preference $25.00 Per Share)
($0.01 Par Value Per Share)
Underwriting Agreement
New York, New York
October 3, 2013
To the Representatives
named in Schedule I
hereto of the several
Underwriters named in
Schedule II hereto
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Maryland (the “Company”), proposes to sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, the number of shares of 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (liquidation preference $25.00 per share), $0.01 par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), of the Company set forth in Schedule I hereto (said shares to be issued and sold by the Company being hereinafter called the “Underwritten Securities”). The Company also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to the number of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock set forth in Schedule I hereto, if any (the “Option Securities”; the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities, being hereinafter called the “Securities”). To the extent there are no additional Underwriters listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representatives as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the term Underwriters shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 20 hereof. The Securities will be a further issuance of, will form a single series with, and will have the same terms as the shares of Series A Preferred Stock previously issued and outstanding.
Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3, which were filed under the Exchange Act on or before the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the issue date of the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the terms “amend,” “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the issue date of the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, as the case may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.
1 | Plus an option to purchase from the Company up to 510,000 additional shares of 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock. |
The Company will contribute the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and the operating partnership of the Company (the “Operating Partnership”), and in exchange therefor, on the Closing Date (as defined herein) or any settlement date (as defined herein), as applicable, the Operating Partnership will issue to the Company Series A units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of such Securities and having terms substantially equivalent to the economic terms of the Securities (the “Series A Units”).
1. Representations and Warranties. The Company and the Operating Partnership each, jointly and severally, hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1.
(a) The Company meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under the Act and has prepared and filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement, as defined in Rule 405 (File Number 333-188144), on Form S-3, including a related Base Prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of certain securities, including the Securities. Such Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto filed prior to the Execution Time, became effective upon filing with the Commission. The Company may have filed with the Commission, as part of an amendment to the Registration Statement or pursuant to Rule 424(b), one or more preliminary prospectus supplements relating to the Securities, each of which has previously been furnished to the Representatives. The Company will file with the Commission a final prospectus supplement relating to the Securities in accordance with Rule 424(b). As filed, such final prospectus supplement shall contain all information required by the Act, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representatives prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the Base Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised the Representatives, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein. The Registration Statement, at the Execution Time, meets the requirements set forth in Rule 415(a)(1)(x). The initial Effective Date of the Registration Statement was not earlier than the date three years before the Execution Time.
(b) At the time of filing thereof, each Preliminary Prospectus complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the Exchange Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from any Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
2 |
(c) On each Effective Date, the Registration Statement did, and when the Final Prospectus is first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased, if such date is not the Closing Date (a “settlement date”), the Final Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the Exchange Act; on each Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and any settlement date, the Final Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus (or any supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
(d) At the Applicable Time, the Disclosure Package did not, and as of the Closing Date and any settlement date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
(e) (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement, (ii) at the time of the most recent amendment thereto for the purposes of complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act (whether such amendment was by post-effective amendment, incorporated report filed pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or form of prospectus), (iii) at the time the Company or any person acting on its behalf (within the meaning, for this clause only, of Rule 163(c)) made any offer relating to the Securities in reliance on the exemption in Rule 163, and (iv) at the Execution Time (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (iv)) the Company was or is (as the case may be) a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405. The Company agrees to pay the fees required by the Commission relating to the Securities within the time required by Rule 456(b)(1) without regard to the proviso therein and otherwise in accordance with Rules 456(b) and 457(r).
3 |
(f) (i) At the earliest time after the filing of the Registration Statement that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2)) of the Securities and (ii) as of the Execution Time (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer.
(g) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (including the Final Term Sheet (as defined herein)) does not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated therein by reference and any prospectus supplement deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
(h) The documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, when they became effective or at the time they were or hereafter are filed with the Commission, complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and, when read together with the other information in the Registration Statement, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, (i) on each Effective Date and at the Execution Time, (ii) at the earlier of the time such Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus was first used and the date and time of the first contract of sale of Securities, (iii) on the Closing Date and (iv) at each settlement date (if any), did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(i) The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and of Campus Crest Communities Predecessor (the “Predecessor”), included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or the Predecessor, as applicable, as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Any selected historical operating and financial data included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the books and records of the Company or the Predecessor, as applicable, and that of the audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. The financial statements of the businesses or properties acquired or proposed to be acquired, if any, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein, have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis and otherwise have been prepared in accordance with the applicable financial statement requirements of Rule 3-05 or Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X. In addition, any pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the basis described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. No financial statements are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus other than those included or incorporated by reference therein. All disclosures included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act, to the extent applicable. The statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable in all material respects
4 |
(j) KPMG LLP, who has certified the financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Act.
(k) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus: (i) there has not been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries taken as a whole nor incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than those incurred in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries taken as a whole; (iii) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority; or (iv) except for regular quarterly dividends on the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), in amounts per share that are consistent with past practice, regular quarterly distributions on the Company’s preferred stock and regular quarterly distributions on the Operating Partnership’s common and preferred units of limited partnership interest, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or any distribution by the Operating Partnership with respect to any of its limited partnership interests.
5 |
(l) The Company, the Operating Partnership and each of their subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own, lease, develop and operate their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries taken as a whole, or on the performance by the Company or the Operating Partnership of their respective obligations under this Agreement (collectively, a “Material Adverse Effect”). The only subsidiaries of the Company that may constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K (each, a “Significant Subsidiary”).
(m) Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, and the Company, directly or indirectly, holds such number and/or percentage of common and preferred units of partnership interest of the Operating Partnership as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus as of the dates set forth therein, free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances. The Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Operating Partnership (the “Operating Partnership Agreement”), is in full force and effect.
6 |
(n) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any preemptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, preemptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock or other equity interest of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or the Operating Partnership have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company or the Operating Partnership, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party. All the outstanding common and preferred units of partnership interests in the Operating Partnership have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, are not subject to any preemptive or similar rights and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Operating Partnership in compliance with applicable law.
(o) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Operating Partnership.
(p) The Securities to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Articles Supplementary to the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement (the “Articles of Incorporation”) establishing the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Articles Supplementary”) has been duly authorized, executed and filed by the Company with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation (the “SDAT”) and is effective under the Maryland General Corporation Law. At the date of this Agreement, there are 2,300,000 authorized shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and 2,300,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company will have executed and filed an articles supplementary (the “Increase Articles Supplementary”) to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation with the SDAT increasing the number of shares designated as the Series A Preferred Stock to exceed the 2,300,000 shares authorized at the date of this Agreement to an extent sufficient to cover the issuance of the Securities. The Series A Preferred Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and such statements conform to the rights set forth in the Articles Supplementary. No holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder. The issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The form of certificate used to evidence the Securities will be in substantially the form to be filed or incorporated by reference, as the case may be, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and such form complies with all applicable statutory requirements, requirements of the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) and requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”).
7 |
(q) The Series A Units to be issued to the Company in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered by the Operating Partnership to the Company in exchange for the net proceeds from the offering, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Series A Units will not be subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder or partner of the Operating Partnership.
(r) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued upon conversion of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Articles Supplementary, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such shares of Common Stock upon such conversion will not be subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has duly and validly reserved such shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Securities. The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. The form of certificate used to evidence such shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities will be in substantially the form incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and such form complies with all applicable statutory requirements and requirements of the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
(s) None of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus or that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
8 |
(t) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Operating Partnership of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(u) No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Operating Partnership of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the filing of the Increase Articles Supplementary or such as have already been obtained or will be obtained under the Act or as required under state securities laws, real estate syndication laws or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
(v) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions (excluding pending rulemaking), suits or proceedings pending to which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement (or the documents incorporated by reference therein) or described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits or described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
9 |
(w) The Company, the Operating Partnership, any of their subsidiaries or any joint ventures in which any such entity owns an interest, as the case may be, has good and insurable fee title or leasehold title to all of the properties and other assets owned or leased by them described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (the “Properties”), in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind, except (i) such as are described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (ii) those that do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company, the Operating Partnership, their subsidiaries or any joint venture or (iii) those that could not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Properties are not subject to any third-party ownership interests other than the lease agreements with student-tenants entered into in the normal course of business as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and the ground lease agreements and joint venture arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, and no person or entity has any possessory interest in any Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to (i) the provisions of such leases, (ii) the provisions of such ground leases and joint venture arrangements, (iii) licenses entered into by the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their businesses or (iv) liens, claims, encumbrances and restrictions described above.
(x) The Company, the Operating Partnership and/or their subsidiaries has received and reviewed environmental reports on each Property. Except as otherwise set forth in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus: (i) the Company is in compliance with, and none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has any liability with respect to the Properties under, applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below) except for such non-compliance or liability which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has at any time released (as such term is defined in Section 101(22) of CERCLA (as defined below)) or otherwise disposed of or handled, Hazardous Materials (as defined below) on, to or from any Property, except for such releases, disposals and handlings as would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries knows of any seepage, leak, discharge, release, emission, spill, or dumping of Hazardous Materials into waters (including, but not limited to, groundwater and surface water) on, beneath or adjacent to any Property, other than such matters as would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has received any written notice of, or has any knowledge of any occurrence or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time or both, would give rise to a claim under or pursuant to any Environmental Law by any governmental or quasi-governmental body or any third party with respect to any Property or arising out of the conduct of the business of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries at the Properties, except for such claims that would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or that would not be required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus; (v) none of the Properties is included or, to the knowledge of the Company, proposed for inclusion on the National Priorities List issued pursuant to CERCLA by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or on any similar list or inventory issued by any other federal, state or local governmental authority having or claiming jurisdiction over such properties pursuant to any other Environmental Law, other than such inclusions or proposed inclusions as would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (vi) there are no pending administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, claims, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating to any applicable Environmental Law against the Company, the Operating Partnership, any of their subsidiaries or any joint ventures in which any such entity owns an interest or the Properties, that would, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, “Hazardous Material” shall include, without limitation, any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, hazardous wastes, toxic substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials, mold or any hazardous material as defined by or regulated under any Environmental Law. As used herein, “Environmental Law” (individually, an “Environmental Law” and collectively “Environmental Laws”) shall mean any applicable foreign, federal, state or local law (including statute or common law), ordinance, rule, regulation, or judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment relating to the protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 9601-9675 (“CERCLA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. Secs. 5101-5127, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 6901-6992k, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 11001-11050, the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Secs. 2601-2692, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Secs. 136-136y, the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 7401-7671q, the Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act), 33 U.S.C. Secs. 1251-1387, and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 300f-300j-26, as any of the above statutes may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.
10 |
(y) Except as otherwise set forth in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus: (i) none of the Properties is in violation of any applicable building code, zoning ordinance or other law or regulation, except where such violation of any applicable building code, zoning ordinance or other law or regulation would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has received written notice of any proposed material special assessment or any proposed change in any property tax, zoning or land use laws or availability of water affecting any Property that would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) there does not exist any violation of any declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions with respect to any Property which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or any state of facts or circumstances or condition or event which could, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, constitute such a violation; and (iv) the developments or improvements comprising any portion of each Property (the “Developments and Improvements”) are free of any and all physical, mechanical, structural, design or construction defects that would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and the mechanical, electrical and utility systems servicing the Developments and Improvements (including, without limitation, all water, electric, sewer, plumbing, heating, ventilation, gas and air conditioning) are in good condition and proper working order, reasonable wear and tear and need for routine repair and maintenance excepted, and are free of defects, except for such failures and defects that would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
11 |
(z) Each of the Properties has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service such Property for its use as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. All public utilities necessary to the use and enjoyment of each of the Properties in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus is located either in the public right-of-way abutting such Property (which are connected so as to serve such Property without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving such Property, subject to such exceptions which, singly or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All roads necessary for the use of each of the Properties as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all applicable governmental authorities.
(aa) No condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced that has not been completed, and, to the Company’s or the Operating Partnership’s knowledge, no such proceeding is threatened, with respect to all or any portion of the Properties or for the relocation away from any Property of any roadway providing access to the Properties or any portion thereof, except, in each case, as would not have a material and adverse effect on such Property or the Company’s or the Operating Partnership’s use thereof.
(bb) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others. None of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries have received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others in connection with its patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(cc) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Board or officers, or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, the stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, on the other hand, that is required by the Act or the rules and regulations of FINRA to be described in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Disclosure Package.
12 |
(dd) Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership will be, required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(ee) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes which are due and payable (except assessments of taxes against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided and will be maintained) and filed all tax returns required to be filed (taking account of valid extensions of time to file) through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, no tax deficiency has been asserted against the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, nor does any such entity know of any tax deficiency that could reasonably be expected to be asserted and, if determined adversely to such entity, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ff) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where the failure to renew would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(gg) No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, is contemplated or threatened, and neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership is aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of their or their subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
13 |
(hh) (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period), except where the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect; (vi) none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”), in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), except such liability as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Furthermore, the assets of the Company, the Operating Partnership or their subsidiaries are not deemed to constitute “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA or the regulations of United States Department of Labor under ERISA.
(ii) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
14 |
(jj) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries have established and maintain systems of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such systems of internal control over financial reporting have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there has been no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and there has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
(kk) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks; and such insurance is adequate to protect the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and none of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance at a cost that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ll) The Company, the Operating Partnership and/or their subsidiaries carries or is entitled to the benefits of title insurance on the fee interests and/or leasehold interests (in the case of a ground lease interest) with respect to each Property with financially sound and reputable insurers, in an amount not less than such entity’s cost for the real property comprising such Property, insuring that such party is vested with good and insurable title to each such Property, except, in each case, as would not have a material and adverse effect on such Property or the Company’s or the Operating Partnership’s use thereof.
15 |
(mm) None of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries has: (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.
(nn) The operations of the Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, threatened.
(oo) None of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company or the Operating Partnership will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds from the offering of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
(pp) No subsidiary of the Company (including the Operating Partnership) is prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except pursuant to agreements and instruments disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, and such agreements and instruments do not currently prohibit any such payment, distribution, advance or transfer.
16 |
(qq) None of the Company, the Operating Partnership nor any of their subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.
(rr) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, no person has the right to require the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement or by reason of the issuance of the Securities.
(ss) Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
(tt) The application of the net proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.
(uu) The Company, the Operating Partnership and their subsidiaries and any of the officers and directors of the Company, the Operating Partnership and any of their subsidiaries, in their capacities as such, are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
(vv) Commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2010, the Company has been, and upon the sale of the Securities, the Company will continue to be, organized and operated in a manner so as to qualify as a “real estate investment trust” (a “REIT”) under Sections 856 to 860 of the Code, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Company’s present and proposed method of operation as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus will enable it to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.
(ww) The Operating Partnership is classified as a partnership for purposes of the Code.
(xx) The Registration Statement is not the subject of a pending proceeding or examination under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act, and the Company is not the subject of a pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.
17 |
(yy) The interactive data in the eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”) included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.
Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any authorized representative of the Operating Partnership and delivered to the Representatives or counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company and the Operating Partnership, as applicable, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.
2. Purchase and Sale. \l3i) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price to the Underwriters set forth in Schedule I hereto, the number of Underwritten Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule II hereto.
(b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to the number of Option Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten Securities, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Final Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten Securities, subject to such adjustments as the Representatives in their absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.
3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date) shall be made on the date and at the time specified in Schedule I hereto, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company. Delivery of the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
18 |
If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Company will deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the Representatives on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company. If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the Company will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date for the Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
4. Offering by Underwriters. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.
5. Agreements. Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and severally, agrees with the several Underwriters that:
(a) Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement relating to the Securities or supplement (including the Final Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus) to the Base Prospectus unless the Company has furnished the Representatives a copy for their review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment, new registration statement or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object. The Company will cause the Final Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed thereby and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Final Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (ii) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement or new registration statement relating to the Securities shall have been filed or become effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to the Registration Statement or new registration statement relating to the Securities, or for any supplement to the Final Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any notice objecting to its use or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the occurrence of any such suspension or objection to the use of the Registration Statement and, upon such issuance, occurrence or notice of objection, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of such stop order or relief from such occurrence or objection, including, if necessary, by filing an amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement and using its best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement (if not an automatic shelf registration statement) declared effective as soon as practicable.
19 |
(b) The Company will prepare a final term sheet substantially in the form set forth as Annex A to Schedule III hereto (the “Final Term Sheet”) reflecting the final terms of the Securities, and shall file such Final Term Sheet as an “issuer free writing prospectus” pursuant to Rule 433 prior to the close of business two Business Days after the date hereof; provided, that the Company shall furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such Final Term Sheet a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing and will not use or file any such document to which the Underwriters or counsel to the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
(c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Disclosure Package would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing not misleading, the Company will: (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that any use of the Disclosure Package may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement, subject to the review by and lack of reasonable objection from the Representatives, the Disclosure Package to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(d) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement, file a new registration statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, including in connection with use or delivery of the Final Prospectus, the Company promptly will (i) notify the Representatives of any such event, (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or supplement or new registration statement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, (iii) use its best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable in order to avoid any disruption in use of the Final Prospectus and (iv) supply any supplemented Final Prospectus to the Representatives in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(e) As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158.
20 |
(f) The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel to the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request. The Company will pay the expenses of printing or other production of all documents relating to the offering.
(g) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities; provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
(h) The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.
(i) The Company will use its best efforts to continue to meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code for each of its taxable years for so long as the Board deems it in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to remain so qualified.
(j) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Securities to be approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE prior to the Closing Date and each settlement date (if any).
(k) The Company will use its best efforts to file, prior to the Closing Date, with the SDAT the Increase Articles Supplementary.
(l) The Company will reserve and keep available at all times the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities.
(m) The Company agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company that, unless it has or shall have obtained, as the case may be, the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided, that prior to the preparation of the Final Term Sheet in accordance with Section 5(b), the Underwriters are authorized to use the information with respect to the final terms of the Securities in communications conveying information relating to the offering to investors. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives, which includes the Final Term Sheet and any other Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III hereto, is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company agrees that (i) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and (ii) it has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.
21 |
(n) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any affiliate of the Company), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Series A Preferred Stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities, including without limitation Series A Units; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, until the Business Day set forth on Schedule I hereto. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (i) the Securities to be sold hereunder and (ii) the offer and sale pursuant to an offering memorandum dated October 3, 2013 by the Operating Partnership, and the guarantee by the Company, of the Operating Partnership’s exchangeable senior notes due 2018, exchangeable under certain conditions for cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the Operating Partnership’s election.
(o) Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
(p) The Company and the Operating Partnership agree to pay the costs and expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, including without limitation: (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the NYSE; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) any filings required to be made with FINRA (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters relating to such filings); (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.
22 |
(q) The date of this Agreement is not more than three years subsequent to the initial Effective Date of the Registration Statement (the “Renewal Date”). If, immediately prior to the third anniversary of the Renewal Date, any Securities remain unsold by the applicable Underwriter(s) and a prospectus is required to be delivered or made available by such Underwriter(s) under the Act or the Exchange Act in connection with the sale of such Securities, the Company will, prior to the Renewal Date and subject to Section 5(a), file, if it has not already done so, a new shelf registration statement or, if eligible to do so, an automatic shelf registration statement relating to such Securities, and, if such registration statement is not an automatic shelf registration statement, will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective within 180 days after the Renewal Date, and will take all other reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to permit the public offer and sale of such Securities to continue as contemplated in the expired registration statement relating to such Securities. References herein to the “Registration Statement” shall include such new shelf registration statement or automatic shelf registration statement, as the case may be.
6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Operating Partnership contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Operating Partnership made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by each of the Company and the Operating Partnership of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a) The Final Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); the Final Term Sheet and any other material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.
23 |
(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Hogan Lovells US LLP, counsel to the Company and the Operating Partnership, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto and to such further effect as the counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Saul Ewing LLP, Maryland counsel to the Company and the Operating Partnership, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as the counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(d) The Representatives shall have received from Sidley Austin llp, counsel to the Underwriters, such opinions and statements, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, with respect to the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as it requests for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters. In giving its opinion, Sidley Austin llp may rely as to matters involving the laws of the State of Maryland upon the opinion of Saul Ewing LLP.
(e) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the chairman of the Board, chief executive officer or the president and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus and any supplements or amendments thereto and this Agreement and that:
(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;
(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened;
(iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Change, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto); and
24 |
(iv) there is not pending or threatened any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, to which the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is a party, or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject, before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company or the Operating Partnership of their obligations under this Agreement.
(f) The Operating Partnership shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the sole member of Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, the general partner of the Operating Partnership, confirming that the representations and warranties of the Operating Partnership in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and that the Operating Partnership has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date.
(g) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of the Execution Time, in form satisfactory to the Representatives.
(h) The Company shall have requested and caused KPMG LLP to furnish to the Representatives, at the Execution Time and on the Closing Date, letters, (which may refer to letters previously delivered to the Representatives), dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
(i) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is disclosed in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (h) of this Section 6 or (ii) any Material Adverse Change, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof), the Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
25 |
(j) The Company shall have paid the required Commission filing fees relating to the Securities within the time period required by Rule 456(b)(1)(i) of the Act without regard to the proviso therein and otherwise in accordance with Rules 456(b) and 457(r) of the Act and, if applicable, shall have updated the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in accordance with Rule 456(b)(1)(ii) either in a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or on the cover page of a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b).
(k) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in or withdrawal of the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.
(l) FINRA shall not have raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the terms and arrangements under this Agreement.
(m) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(n) The Securities shall have been approved for listing and admitted and authorized for trading on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.
If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions or certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel to the Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.
The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of Sidley Austin llp, counsel to the Underwriters at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, on the Closing Date.
7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally through the Representatives on demand for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.
26 |
8. Indemnification and Contribution. \l3ii) Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (including the Final Term Sheet) or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Operating Partnership may otherwise have.
(b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Operating Partnership, each of their directors, each of their officers who signs the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Operating Partnership to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Company acknowledges that the first and second sentences of the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts” related to concessions and reallowances and the first and second paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting—Price Stabilization and Short Positions” related to stabilization and short positions in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Final Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
27 |
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties. No indemnifying party shall (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any findings of fact or admissions of fault or culpability as to the indemnified party, or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
28 |
(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company, the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively, “Losses”) to which the Company, the Operating Partnership and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and by the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by them, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Final Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company or the Operating Partnership on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company, the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Operating Partnership, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
9. Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule II hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule II hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.
29 |
10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination, in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such delivery and payment (i) trading in the Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission or the NYSE or trading in securities generally on the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such exchange, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by federal or New York State authorities or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by any Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Operating Partnership or their respective officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, 50 Rockefeller Plaza, NY1-050-12-02, New York, New York 10020 (fax: (646) 855-5958), Attention: High Grade Transaction Management/Legal; and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716 (fax: (727) 567-8247), Attention: General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company or the Operating Partnership, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to (704) 496-2599 and confirmed to them at 2100 Rexford Road, Suite 414, Charlotte, North Carolina 28211, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.
30 |
13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
14. No Fiduciary Duty. Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership hereby acknowledges that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Operating Partnership, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as a fiduciary of the Company or the Operating Partnership and (c) the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, each of the Company and the Operating Partnership agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the offering (irrespective of whether any Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or the Operating Partnership on related or other matters). Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe an agency, fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or the Operating Partnership, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
15. Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and/or the Operating Partnership and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
16. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.
17. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
19. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
20. Definitions. The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.
31 |
“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Applicable Time” shall mean 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on October 3, 2013, or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Underwriters.
“Base Prospectus” shall mean the base prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the Execution Time.
“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Disclosure Package” shall mean (a) the Base Prospectus, (b) the Preliminary Prospectus used most recently prior to the Execution Time, (c) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, including the Final Term Sheet and (d) any other Free Writing Prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package.
“Effective Date” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto became or becomes effective.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Execution Time” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
“Final Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that was first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time, together with the Base Prospectus.
“Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.
“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433.
“Preliminary Prospectus” shall mean any preliminary prospectus supplement relating to the Securities to the Base Prospectus which is used prior to the filing of the Final Prospectus, together with the Base Prospectus.
“Registration Statement” shall mean the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430B, as amended on each Effective Date and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended.
32 |
“Rule 158,” “Rule 163,” “Rule 164,” “Rule 172,” “Rule 405,” “Rule 415,” “Rule 424,” “Rule 430B,” “Rule 433,” “Rule 456” and “Rule 457” refer to such rules under the Act.
“Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall mean a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405.
33 |
If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and the Representatives’ acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, the Operating Partnership and the several Underwriters.
Very truly yours, | ||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary | ||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP | ||
By: | Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, | |
its general partner | ||
By: | Campus Crest Communities, Inc., | |
its sole member | ||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
The foregoing Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date specified in
Schedule I hereto.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By: | /s/ Chris Djoganopoulos |
Name: Chris Djoganopoulos | |
Title: Managing Director | |
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC. | |
By: | /s/ Jozsi Popper |
Name: Jozsi Popper | |
Title: Senior Vice President Investment Banking |
For themselves and as Representatives
of the several Underwriters
named in Schedule II to the
foregoing Agreement.
2 |
SCHEDULE I
Underwriting Agreement dated October 3, 2013
Registration Statement No. 333-188144
Representative(s): Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Title, Purchase Price and Description of Securities:
Title: 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (Liquidation Preference $25.00 per share)
Number of Underwritten Securities to be sold by the Company: 3,400,000
Number of Option Securities: 510,000
Price per share to public (include accrued dividends, if any): $25.0611
Price per share to the Underwriters: $24.2736
Other provisions: as set forth in the Final Term Sheet attached as Annex A to Schedule III hereto
Closing Date, Time and Location: October 9, 2013 at 10:00 a.m. at Sidley Austin llp, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019.
Type of Offering: Non-Delayed
Date referred to in Section 5(n) after which the Company may offer or sell securities issued by the Company without the consent of the Representative(s): November 8, 2013
SCHEDULE II
Underwriters | Number of Underwritten Securities to be Purchased | |||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated | 952,000 | |||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. | 952,000 | |||
Barclays Capital Inc. | 340,000 | |||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc | 340,000 | |||
RBC Capital Markets, LLC | 340,000 | |||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated | 212,500 | |||
MLV & Co. LLC | 136,000 | |||
BBVA Securities Inc. | 42,500 | |||
Capital One Securities, Inc. | 42,500 | |||
PNC Capital Markets LLC | 42,500 | |||
Total | 3,400,000 |
SCHEDULE III
Schedule of Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Disclosure Package
1. Final Term Sheet, attached hereto as Annex A to this Schedule III
Annex A to Schedule III
Filed Pursuant to Rule 433
Dated October 3, 2013
Registration Statement No. 333-188144
Supplementing Preliminary Prospectus Supplement Dated October 3, 2013 and
Prospectus dated April 25, 2013
3,400,000 Shares
Campus Crest Communities, Inc.
8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
Issuer: | Campus Crest Communities, Inc. |
Title of Shares: | 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) |
Number of Shares: | 3,400,000 shares (3,910,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) |
The shares offered are part of the series of 8.00% Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Issuer, of which 2,300,000 shares had been previously issued and sold by the Issuer on February 9, 2012. | |
No Maturity: | Perpetual (unless redeemed by the Issuer on and after February 9, 2017 or redeemed pursuant to the Issuer’s special optional redemption rights or converted by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with certain changes of control) |
Trade Date: | October 3, 2013 |
Settlement Date: | October 9, 2013 (T+4). Under Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, trades in the secondary market are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade Series A Preferred Stock prior to October 4, 2013 will be required, by virtue of the fact that the Series A Preferred Stock initially will settle in T+4, to specify an alternate settlement arrangement at the time of any such trade to prevent a failed settlement. Purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock who wish to trade the Series A Preferred Stock prior to their date of delivery hereunder should consult their advisors. |
Public Offering Price: | $25.0611 per share; $85,207,740 total (not including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) |
Purchase Price by Underwriters: | $24.2736 per share |
Yield: | 8.00% (excluding accrued dividends) |
Net Proceeds (before expenses): | $82,530,240 ($94,909,776 if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) |
Dividend Rate: | 8.00% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per share (equivalent to the fixed annual rate of $2.00 per share) | |
Distribution Payment Dates: | Distributions on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable on the 15th day of January, April, July and October of each year. The October 15, 2013 distribution is payable to stockholders of record at the close of business on September 25, 2013. As a result, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock offered hereby will not be entitled to receive the October 15, 2013 distribution, but will be entitled to receive the full amount of all distributions payable in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock thereafter (if they continue to hold their shares on the relevant record dates). The first dividend on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock sold in this offering will be in the amount of $0.50 per share, and will be paid on January 15, 2014. | |
Conversion Rights: | Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock will have the right (unless, prior to the Change of Control Conversion Date, the Issuer has provided or provides notice of its election to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock) to convert some or all of the Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder (the “Change of Control Conversion Right”) on the Change of Control Conversion Date into a number of shares of the Issuer’s common stock per share of Series A Preferred Stock which is equal to the lesser of: | |
· | the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the $25.00 liquidation preference plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the Change of Control Conversion Date (unless the Change of Control Conversion Date is after a record date for a Series A Preferred Stock dividend payment and prior to the corresponding Series A Preferred Stock dividend payment date, in which case no additional amount for such accrued and unpaid dividend will be included in this sum) by (ii) the Common Stock Price; and | |
· | 4.5872 (i.e., the Share Cap), subject to certain adjustments; | |
subject, in each case, to provisions for the receipt of alternative consideration as described in the preliminary prospectus supplement. | ||
If, prior to the Change of Control Conversion Date, the Issuer has provided or provides notice of its election to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Stock, holders will not be able to convert the Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption and such shares will be redeemed on the related redemption date, even if such shares have already been tendered for conversion pursuant to the Change of Control Conversion Right. |
A “Change of Control” is when, after the original issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, the following have occurred and are continuing: | ||
· | the acquisition by any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of stock of the Issuer entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all stock of the Issuer entitled to vote generally in the election of the Issuer’s directors (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition); and | |
· | following the closing of any transaction referred to in the bullet point above, neither the Issuer nor the acquiring or surviving entity has a class of common securities (or ADRs representing such securities) listed on the NYSE, the NYSE Amex or NASDAQ or listed or quoted on an exchange or quotation system that is a successor to the NYSE, the NYSE Amex or NASDAQ. | |
The “Change of Control Conversion Date” is the date the Series A Preferred Stock is to be converted, which will be a business day that is no fewer than 20 days nor more than 35 days after the date on which the Issuer mails the required notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock. | ||
The “Common Stock Price” will be (i) if the consideration to be received in the Change of Control by the holders of the Issuer’s common stock is solely cash, the amount of cash consideration per share of its common stock or (ii) if the consideration to be received in the Change of Control by holders of the Issuer’s common stock is other than solely cash (x) the average of the closing sale prices per share of the Issuer’s common stock (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) for the 10 consecutive trading days immediately preceding, but not including, the effective date of the Change of Control as reported on the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Issuer’s common stock is then traded, or (y) the average of the last quoted bid prices for the Issuer’s common stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group, Inc. or similar organization for the 10 consecutive trading days immediately preceding, but not including, the effective date of the Change of Control, if the Issuer’s common stock is not then listed for trading on a U.S. securities exchange. |
Optional Redemption: | On and after February 9, 2017, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not authorized or declared) to, but not including, the date of redemption. |
Special Optional Redemption: | Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part within 120 days after the first date on which such Change of Control occurred, by paying $25.00 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of redemption. If, prior to the Change of Control Conversion Date, the Issuer has provided or provides notice of redemption with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock (whether its optional redemption right or its special optional redemption right), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock will not have the conversion right described above. |
Joint Book-Running Managers: | Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith |
Incorporated | |
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. | |
Barclays Capital Inc. | |
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. | |
RBC Capital Markets, LLC | |
Co-Managers: | Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
MLV & Co. LLC | |
BBVA Securities Inc. | |
Capital One Securities, Inc. | |
PNC Capital Markets LLC | |
Expected Listing/Symbol: | NYSE / “CCGPrA” |
ISIN: | US13466Y2046 |
CUSIP: | 13466Y204 |
Concurrent Offering of Exchangeable | |
Senior Notes Due 2018: | Concurrently with this offering, Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP is offering $85,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its exchangeable senior notes due 2018 (plus an initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes) in a separate private offering in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Issuer and will be exchangeable under certain circumstances into the common stock of the Issuer or cash or a combination of cash and common stock of the Issuer. Neither offering is conditioned on the other. |
The issuer has filed a registration statement (including a prospectus dated April 25, 2013 and a preliminary prospectus supplement dated October 3, 2013) with the SEC for the offering to which this communication relates. Before you invest, you should read the prospectus in that registration statement, the related preliminary prospectus supplement and other documents the issuer has filed with the SEC for more complete information about the issuer and this offering. You may get these documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the SEC Web site at www.sec.gov. Alternatively, the issuer, any underwriter or any dealer participating in the offering will arrange to send you the prospectus and preliminary prospectus supplement if you request it by calling Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated at 1-800-294-1322; Raymond James & Associates, Inc. at 1-800-248-8863; Barclays Capital Inc. at 1-888-603-5847; Citigroup Global Markets Inc. at 1-800-831-9146; or RBC Capital Markets, LLC at 1-866-375-6829.
Exhibit 3.1
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC.
ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL
SHARES OF 8.00% SERIES A CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE
PREFERRED STOCK
October 8, 2013
Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”) that:
FIRST: Pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) by Article VI of the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Corporation filed with the Department on September 15, 2010, as amended by the Amendment to the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Corporation, effective April 25, 2013 (the “Charter”) and Section 2-105 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), and pursuant to authority vested by the Board of Directors in a pricing committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors held on January 13, 2012, such pricing committee, by resolution approved at a meeting held on February 2, 2012, previously classified and designated 2,300,000 shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”) as 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, transfers, qualifications, terms and conditions of redemption and other terms and conditions as set forth in the “Articles Supplementary designating Campus Crest Communities, Inc.’s 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock” filed by the Corporation with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on February 8, 2012 (the “Series A Articles Supplementary”).
SECOND: Pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors by Article VI of the Charter and Section 2-105 of the MGCL, and pursuant to authority vested by the Board in the Pricing Committee of the Board (the “Pricing Committee”) at a meeting of the Board, dated October 1, 2013, the Pricing Committee, by resolution approved at a meeting held on October 3, 2013, classified an additional 3,910,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock which includes 510,000 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, par value $0.01 per share, having the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption as set forth in the Series A Articles Supplementary, with the result that the Corporation shall now have authorized an aggregate of 6,210,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which shall constitute a single series of Preferred Stock.
THIRD: The additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been classified and designated Series A Preferred Stock by the Pricing Committee under the authority granted by the Board pursuant to the powers of the Board as contained in the Charter. These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Pricing Committee in accordance with the power delegated to the Pricing Committee by the Board in the manner and by the vote required by law.
FOURTH: These Articles Supplementary shall be effective at 8:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) on October 9, 2013.
FOURTH: The undersigned Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Corporation acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.
[Signature page follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and attested to by its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary as of the date first written above.
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ Robert M. Dann | ||
Name: Robert M. Dann | |||
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
ATTEST: | ||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary |
[Signature Page to Articles Supplementary]
Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION COPY
_____________
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP, as Issuer
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC., as Guarantor
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
_____________
INDENTURE
Dated as of
October 9, 2013
_____________
4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018
_____________
EXECUTION COPY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 | ||
DEFINITIONS | ||
Section 1.01. | Definitions | 1 |
ARTICLE 2 | ||
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION | ||
Section 2.01. | Designation Amount and Issue of Notes | 12 |
Section 2.02. | Form of Notes | 12 |
Section 2.03. | Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest | 13 |
Section 2.04. | Execution of Notes | 15 |
Section 2.05. | Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer | 15 |
Section 2.06. | Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes | 19 |
Section 2.07. | Temporary Notes | 20 |
Section 2.08. | Cancellation of Notes | 21 |
Section 2.09. | CUSIP Numbers | 21 |
ARTICLE 3 | ||
REPURCHASE OF NOTES; NO REDEMPTION | ||
Section 3.01. | No Redemption of Notes | 21 |
Section 3.02. | Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change | 21 |
Section 3.03. | Issuer Repurchase Notice | 23 |
Section 3.04. | Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal | 24 |
Section 3.05. | Deposit of Repurchase Price | 25 |
Section 3.06. | Notes Repurchased in Part | 26 |
Section 3.07. | Repayment to the Issuer | 26 |
ARTICLE 4 | ||
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR | 26 | |
Section 4.01. | Payment of Principal and Interest | 26 |
Section 4.02. | Maintenance of Office or Agency | 26 |
Section 4.03. | Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office | 27 |
Section 4.04. | Provisions as to Paying Agent | 27 |
Section 4.05. | Existence | 28 |
Section 4.06. | Rule 144A Information Requirement | 28 |
Section 4.07. | Stay, Extension and Usury Laws | 28 |
Section 4.08. | Compliance Certificate | 28 |
Section 4.09. | Supplementary Interest Notice | 29 |
Section 4.10. | Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock | 29 |
i |
ARTICLE 5 | ||
NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY | ||
THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE | ||
Section 5.01. | Noteholders’ Lists | 30 |
Section 5.02. | Preservation and Disclosure of Lists | 30 |
Section 5.03. | Reports by Trustee | 30 |
Section 5.04. | Reports by Issuer | 30 |
ARTICLE 6 | ||
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES | ||
Section 6.01. | Events of Default | 31 |
Section 6.02. | Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor | 34 |
Section 6.03. | Application of Monies Collected by Trustee | 35 |
Section 6.04. | Proceedings by Noteholders | 36 |
Section 6.05. | Proceedings by Trustee | 36 |
Section 6.06. | Remedies Cumulative and Continuing | 37 |
Section 6.07. | Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Noteholders | 37 |
Section 6.08. | Undertaking to Pay Costs | 37 |
ARTICLE 7 | ||
THE TRUSTEE | ||
Section 7.01. | Notice of Defaults | 38 |
Section 7.02. | Certain Rights of Trustee | 38 |
Section 7.03. | Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes | 40 |
Section 7.04. | May Hold Notes and Common Stock | 40 |
Section 7.05. | Money Held in Trust | 40 |
Section 7.06. | Compensation and Reimbursement | 40 |
Section 7.07. | Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility; Conflicting Interests | 41 |
Section 7.08. | Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor | 41 |
Section 7.09. | Acceptance of Appointment By Successor | 43 |
Section 7.10. | Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business | 43 |
Section 7.11. | Appointment of Authenticating Agent | 44 |
Section 7.12. | Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee | 45 |
ARTICLE 8 | ||
THE NOTEHOLDERS | ||
Section 8.01. | Action by Noteholders | 46 |
Section 8.02. | Proof of Execution by Noteholders | 47 |
Section 8.03. | Absolute Owners | 47 |
Section 8.04. | Issuer-Owned Notes Disregarded | 47 |
Section 8.05. | Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound | 48 |
ii |
ARTICLE 9 | ||
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES | ||
Section 9.01. | Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders | 48 |
Section 9.02. | Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Noteholders | 49 |
Section 9.03. | Effect of Supplemental Indenture | 50 |
Section 9.04. | Notation on Notes | 51 |
Section 9.05. | Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee | 51 |
ARTICLE 10 | ||
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE | ||
Section 10.01. | Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms | 51 |
Section 10.02. | Issuer Successor to Be Substituted | 52 |
Section 10.03. | Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms | 52 |
Section 10.04. | Guarantor Successor to Be Substituted | 53 |
ARTICLE 11 | ||
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE | ||
Section 11.01. | Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture | 53 |
Section 11.02. | Application of Trust Funds | 54 |
Section 11.03. | Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held | 54 |
Section 11.04. | Return of Unclaimed Monies | 54 |
Section 11.05. | Reinstatement | 54 |
ARTICLE 12 | ||
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, | ||
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS | ||
Section 12.01. | Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations | 55 |
ARTICLE 13 | ||
EXCHANGE OF NOTES | ||
Section 13.01. | Right to Exchange | 55 |
Section 13.02. | Exchange Procedures; Settlement Upon Exchange | 57 |
Section 13.03. | Adjustment of Exchange Rate | 62 |
Section 13.04. | Exchange Rate Adjustment After Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Registration Default | 72 |
Section 13.05. | Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale | 74 |
Section 13.06. | Ownership Limit and Withholding | 75 |
Section 13.07. | Calculations in Respect of Notes | 75 |
ARTICLE 14 | ||
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES | ||
Section 14.01. | Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called | 76 |
Section 14.02. | Call, Notice and Place of Meetings | 76 |
Section 14.03. | Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings | 76 |
Section 14.04. | Quorum; Action | 76 |
Section 14.05. | Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings | 77 |
Section 14.06. | Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings | 78 |
iii |
ARTICLE 15 | ||
GUARANTEE | ||
Section 15.01. | Guarantee | 79 |
Section 15.02. | Execution and Delivery of Guarantee | 80 |
Section 15.03. | Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events | 80 |
Section 15.04. | Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor | 81 |
ARTICLE 16 | ||
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS | ||
Section 16.01. | Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors | 81 |
Section 16.02. | Official Acts by Successor Corporation | 81 |
Section 16.03. | Addresses for Notices, etc | 81 |
Section 16.04. | Governing Law | 82 |
Section 16.05. | Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent, Certificates to Trustee | 83 |
Section 16.06. | Legal Holidays | 83 |
Section 16.07. | Conflict with Trust Indenture Act | 83 |
Section 16.08. | No Security Interest Created | 83 |
Section 16.09. | Benefits of Indenture | 84 |
Section 16.10. | Table of Contents, Headings, etc | 84 |
Section 16.11. | Execution in Counterparts | 84 |
Section 16.12. | Severability | 84 |
Exhibit A- Form of Note | A-1 |
iv |
EXECUTION COPY
INDENTURE
INDENTURE dated as of October 9, 2013 among Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (hereinafter called the “Issuer”), Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor” or, in its capacity as general partner of the Issuer, the “General Partner”), each having its principal office at 2100 Rexford Road, Suite 414, Charlotte, North Carolina 28211, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee hereunder.
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Issuer’s 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 guaranteed by the Guarantor.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined below) or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (as defined below) (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Indenture. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.
“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).
“Additional Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(a).
“Adjustment Cap” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(f)(ii).
“Adjustment Floor” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(f)(iii).
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).
1 |
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
“Benefited Party” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01.
“Bid Solicitation Agent” means the Issuer or the Person appointed by the Issuer to solicit bids for the Trading Price of the Notes in accordance with Section 13.01(b)(ii). The Issuer shall initially act as the Bid Solicitation Agent.
“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the General Partner or a committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or to be closed.
“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock and, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership.
“Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
“Charter” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Guarantor, as amended to date.
“Clause A Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
“Clause B Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
“Clause C Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
“Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.
“Closing Sale Price” of the Common Stock on any Trading Day means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and closing ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such day as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. In the absence of such a quotation, the “Closing Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms retained by the Issuer for this purpose, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers. The Closing Sale Price will be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading.
2 |
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Combination Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
“Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Guarantor as they exist on the date of this Indenture or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed or, in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Guarantor that is otherwise permitted hereunder in which the Guarantor is not the surviving corporation, the common stock, common equity interests, ordinary shares or depositary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation.
“Common Stock Legend” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
“Continuing Director” means a director who either was a member of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors on the date of the Offering Memorandum or who becomes a member of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Guarantor’s shareholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Guarantor’s Board of Directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Guarantor on behalf of its entire Board of Directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director.
“Corporate Trust Office” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer.
“CUSIP” means the Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures.
“Custodian” means U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
“Daily Exchange Value” for any Trading Day in the applicable Exchange Period equals 2.5% of: (1) the Exchange Rate in effect on that Trading Day, multiplied by (2) the VWAP of the Common Stock on that Trading Day.
“Daily Measurement Value” means the quotient of the Specified Dollar Amount, if any, divided by 40.
3 |
“Daily Settlement Amount” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Exchange Period, shall consist of:
(1) | cash equal to the lesser of (a) the Daily Measurement Value and (b) the Daily Exchange Value; and |
(2) | to the extent the Daily Exchange Value exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a) the difference between the Daily Exchange Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (b) the VWAP of the Common Stock on such Trading Day. |
“default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.
“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.
“Depositary” means the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the depositary for the Global Notes. DTC shall be the initial Depositary, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.
“Dividend Threshold Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(d).
“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
“Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(b).
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a).
“Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which the Common Stock trades on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the applicable issuance, dividend or distribution.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
“Exchange Agent” means the exchange agent appointed by the Issuer to act as set forth in Article 13, which, initially, shall be the Trustee.
“Exchange Date” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(a).
“Exchange Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 13.01(a).
“Exchange Period” means the 40 consecutive Trading Day period:
(1) | with respect to Exchange Notices received on or after July 15, 2018, beginning on, and including, the 42nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and |
4 |
(2) | in all other cases, beginning on, and including, the third Trading Day following the Issuer’s receipt of the relevant Exchange Notice. |
“Exchange Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(a).
“Exchange Price” means, on any date of determination, $1,000, divided by the Exchange Rate as of such date.
“Exchange Rate” shall initially be 79.6020 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 13.
“Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in Section 13.03(e).
“Fundamental Change” means the occurrence at any time after the Notes are originally issued of any of the following events:
(1) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Issuer, the Guarantor or one of the Guarantor’s other majority-owned subsidiaries, files a Schedule 13D or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Guarantor’s common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Guarantor’s common equity;
(2) the consummation of (x) any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or reclassification or similar transaction between the Guarantor and another person (other than its subsidiaries), in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock shall be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a transaction (i) that results in the holders of all classes of the Guarantor’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction owning, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction, more than 50% of the surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such event or (ii) effected solely to change the Guarantor’s jurisdiction of formation or to form a holding company for the Guarantor and that results in a share exchange or reclassification or similar exchange of the outstanding Common Stock solely into common stock of the surviving entity or (y) any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the Guarantor’s assets and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to another person (other than any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries);
(3) “Continuing Directors” cease to constitute at least a majority of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors;
(4) the Guarantor’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Guarantor (other than in a transaction described in clause (2) above);
5 |
(5) the Common Stock (or other common stock underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors); or
(6) the Guarantor (or any successor thereto permitted pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) ceases to be, either directly or indirectly through one or more of its subsidiaries, the Issuer’s general partner or ceases to control the Issuer;
provided, however, that in the case of a transaction or event described in clause (1) or (2) above, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of the Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in the transaction or transactions that would otherwise constitute a “Fundamental Change” consists of common stock or common equity interests that are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or that will be so traded when issued or exchanged in connection with the transaction that would otherwise constitute a Fundamental Change under clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof (such common stock or common equity interests, “Publicly Traded Securities”), and as a result of such transaction or transactions, the Notes become exchangeable for such Publicly Traded Securities, excluding cash payments for fractional shares, such transaction or event shall not be a Fundamental Change.
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(a).
“Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(c).
“General Partner” means the corporation named as the “General Partner” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
“Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.
“Guarantee” means the full and unconditional guarantee provided by the Guarantor in respect of the Notes as made applicable to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Article 15 hereof.
“Guarantee Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01.
“Guarantor” means the corporation named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.
“Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Initial Purchasers” means Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Raymond James & Associates, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, the initial purchasers party to the Purchase Agreement.
6 |
“Interest” means, when used with reference to the Notes, any interest payable in respect of the Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to Interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Supplementary Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and/or additional interest is or would be payable pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of this Indenture. Unless the context otherwise requires, any express mention of Supplementary Interest in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Supplementary Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.
“Interest Payment Date” means (x) with respect to any payment of Interest other than Defaulted Interest, each April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2014 and (y) with respect to any payment of Defaulted Interest, the date specified for such payment by the Issuer.
“Issuer” means the limited partnership named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
“Issuer Request” and “Issuer Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by the General Partner by its Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Issuer Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
“Issuer Repurchase Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a).
“Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any event that (i) is a Fundamental Change or (ii) would be a Fundamental Change, but for the exclusion in section (i) of clause (2) of the definition thereof.
“Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
“Maturity Date” means October 15, 2018.
“Merger Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.05(a).
7 |
“Note” or “Notes” means any of the Issuer’s 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Global Note.
“Note Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
“Note Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
“Noteholder” or “Holder” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term “beneficial holder”), means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Registrar’s books.
“Offering Memorandum” means the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s offering memorandum dated October 3, 2013 relating to the Notes.
“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, one of the Vice Presidents, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner.
“Officers’ Certificate,” when used with respect to the Issuer, means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Issuer or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee.
“outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(b) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment (repurchase pursuant to Article 3) money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes;
(c) Notes, which shall have been discharged in accordance with Article 11; and
(d) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
8 |
provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which are identified as being so owned on the Note Registrar shall be so disregarded. Notes owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice.
“Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
“Person” means any corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an individual, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.
“Physical Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
“Physical Settlement Election” means the irrevocable election by the Issuer prior to July 15, 2018, to satisfy its Exchange Obligations solely by Physical Settlement in accordance with Section 13.02(b) hereof.
“Physical Settlement Election Date” means the date on which a Physical Settlement Election Notice is delivered to the Trustee.
“Physical Settlement Election Notice” means a written notice of a Physical Settlement Election provided by the Issuer to the Trustee and each Holder of Notes.
“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.
“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, all capital stock issued by such Person that are entitled to a preference or priority over any other capital stock issued by such Person with respect to any distribution of such Person’s assets, whether by dividend or upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Preliminary Offering Memorandum” means the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s preliminary offering memorandum dated October 3, 2013, as supplemented by the related pricing term sheet dated October 3, 2013, relating to the Notes.
9 |
“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.
“Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.
“Reference Property” has the meaning provided in Section 13.05(a) hereof.
“Registration Default” has the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 9, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“Reporting Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(b).
“Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any corporate trust officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
“Restricted Notes Legend” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
“Restricted Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
“Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the primary United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
“Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(b).
“Settlement Method” means, with respect to any exchange of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to have been elected) by the Issuer.
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Issuer.
“Specified Dollar Amount” means the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged to be received upon exchange as specified in the notice specifying the chosen Settlement Method.
10 |
“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or Interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal or Interest is due and payable.
“Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(b).
“Subsidiary” means a Person (other than an individual), a majority of the outstanding voting stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interest, as the case may be, of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or the Guarantor or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, trustees or managers, as the case may be, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
“Supplementary Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).
“Supplementary Interest Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.09.
“Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or admitted for trading, and (ii) a closing sale price for the Common Stock (or such other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) is available on such securities exchange; provided that, for purposes of determining amounts due under Section 13.02(b), “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.
“Trading Price” per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Issuer selects, provided that if at least three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, that one bid shall be used. If the Bid Solicitation Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then, the Trading Price of the Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the applicable Exchange Rate.
11 |
“transfer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Indenture, “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of such supplemental indenture.
“Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder.
“Units” means the limited partnership units of the Issuer.
“VWAP” or “volume weighted average price” per share of the Common Stock on any Trading Day means such price as displayed on Bloomberg (or any successor service) page CCG <EQUITY> AQR in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day; or, if such price is not available, the volume-weighted average price means the market value per share of Common Stock on such day as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm, which may be one of the Initial Purchasers, retained for this purpose by the Issuer. The “volume-weighted average price” or “VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
ARTICLE 2
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES
Section 2.01. Designation Amount and Issue of Notes. The Notes shall be designated as “4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018.” Upon the execution of this Indenture, and from time to time thereafter, Notes may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver Notes upon a written order of the Issuer, such order signed by one Officer, without any further action by the Issuer hereunder.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited; provided that upon initial issuance, the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding shall not exceed $100,000,000, except as provided in Section 2.06. The Issuer may, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) from time to time in the future with the same terms and the same CUSIP number as the Notes originally issued under this Indenture (the “Initial Notes”) in an unlimited principal amount, provided that such Additional Notes shall be part of the same issue as and fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes. The Initial Notes and any such Additional Notes shall constitute a single series of debt securities ranking equally and ratably in right of payment, and in circumstances in which this Indenture provides for the Holders of Notes to vote or take any action, the Holders of Initial Notes and the Holders of any such Additional Notes will vote or take that action as a single class.
Section 2.02. Form of Notes. The Notes, the Guarantee and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
12 |
Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary or as may be required for the Notes to be tradable on any market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.
So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise contemplated by Section 2.05(b), all of the Notes will be represented by one or more Notes in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary (a “Global Note”). The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Note shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Except as provided in Section 2.05(b), beneficial owners of a Global Note shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered Holders of such Global Note.
Any Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, exchanges, or transfers permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of and Interest on any Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note.
Section 2.03. Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest. The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear Interest from the date specified on the face of the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the Close of Business on any Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the Interest payable on such Interest Payment Date, subject to the provisions of Section 13.02(a) relating to any Note or portion thereof surrendered for exchange during the period from the Close of Business on the Record Date for any Interest Payment Date to the Close of Business on the applicable Interest Payment Date. Interest on any Global Note shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Payment of the principal of Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be made at the office or agency designated by the Issuer for such purpose. Interest on Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be paid (i) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes and (ii) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder or, upon application by a Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Registrar to the contrary.
13 |
If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon. The term “Record Date” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall mean the April 1 or October 1 preceding the applicable April 15 or October 15 Interest Payment Date, respectively.
Any Interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any April 15 or October 15 (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Noteholder registered as such on the relevant Record Date, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:
(a) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the Close of Business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than fifteen (15) calendar days and not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment. At least 15 calendar days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice stating the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid to each such Holder.
(b) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
14 |
Section 2.04. Execution of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Issuer by the manual or facsimile signature of an Officer. Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 7.11), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Issuer shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In case any Officer who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Issuer, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer, and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper Officers, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.
Section 2.05. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer. (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Note Register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being exchanged into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.
15 |
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or repurchase shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer, and the Notes shall be duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made to any Holder for any registration of, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes.
(b) The following provisions shall apply only to Global Notes:
(i) Each Global Note authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or Custodian therefor, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single Note for all purposes of this Indenture.
(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes registered, and no transfer of a Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof unless (1) the Depositary (x) has notified the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary has not been appointed by the Issuer within ninety (90) calendar days, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any Global Note exchanged pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part. Any Note issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall be a Global Note; provided that any such Note so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Note.
(iii) Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without Interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Note or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear any legends required hereunder. Any Global Note to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Note Registrar. With regard to any Global Note to be exchanged in part, either such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as Custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Note, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the Note issuable on such exchange to or upon the written order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof.
16 |
(iv) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (ii) above, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form, without Interest coupons.
(v) Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
(vi) At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been repurchased, exchanged, or canceled for Notes in certificated form, such Global Note shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is repurchased, exchanged, or canceled for Notes in certificated form, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
(c) Every Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (the “Restricted Notes Legend”), and any Common Stock that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Common Stock legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (the “Common Stock Legend”) (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including those set forth in the legends below) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Issuer, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c), the term “transfer” means any sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security or any interest therein.
Until the Maturity Date for the Notes, every certificate evidencing the Notes shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend in substantially the following form unless otherwise determined by the Issuer in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
17 |
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER; OR (B) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE).
Until the date that is the later of (1) the date that is one year after the date of issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of a Note, or such other period of time as permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto, and (2) such later date, if any, as may be required by applicable laws, any stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock issued upon exchange of such Note shall bear a Common Stock Legend in substantially the following form unless such Common Stock has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared or become effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise determined by the Issuer in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES (1) THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. OR A SUBSIDIARY OF CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC.; (B) UNDER A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED OR BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (C) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE); OR (D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (2) THAT IT WILL, PRIOR TO ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, FURNISH TO THE TRANSFER AGENT AND CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
18 |
Any such shares of Common Stock as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to which the conditions for removal of the Common Stock Legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the Common Stock Legend required by this Section 2.05(c).
(d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture and as permitted by applicable law.
(e) Any Restricted Securities purchased or owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Issuer or such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction which results in such Notes or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being “restricted securities” (as defined under Rule 144).
(f) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Noteholders and all payments to be made to Noteholders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Noteholders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Agent Members.
The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members in any Global Indenture) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Note, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case, the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.
19 |
Following receipt by the Trustee or such authenticating agent, as the case may be, of satisfactory security or indemnity and evidence, as described in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and make available for delivery such Note. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note which has matured or is about to mature or has been properly tendered for repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn) or is to be exchanged pursuant to this Indenture, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.
Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or exchange or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or exchange or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.
Section 2.07. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Notes in certificated form, the Issuer may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Notes in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Issuer. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Notes in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Notes in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Notes may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Issuer at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Notes in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder.
20 |
Section 2.08. Cancellation of Notes. All Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment, repurchase, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Issuer or any paying agent to whom Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) or Exchange Agent, which shall initially be the Trustee, or any Note Registrar, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it and no Notes shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a repurchase or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.09. CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REPURCHASE OF NOTES; NO REDEMPTION
Section 3.01. No Redemption of Notes. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Issuer prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
Section 3.02. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. (a) If there shall occur a Fundamental Change at any time prior to the Maturity Date, then each Noteholder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Issuer to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion thereof that is a multiple of $1,000 principal amount, in cash, on a date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Issuer, which shall be no earlier than fifteen (15) calendar days and no later than thirty-five (35) calendar days after the date of the Issuer Repurchase Notice related to such Fundamental Change, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; provided, however, that if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid Interest, if any, on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on the corresponding Record Date, and the repurchase price will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased.
21 |
(b) Following the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Issuer shall, within 20 calendar days after the effective date thereof, give or cause to be given to all Holders of record on the date of the Fundamental Change (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) an Issuer Repurchase Notice as set forth in Section 3.03 with respect to such Fundamental Change. The Issuer shall also deliver a copy of the Issuer Repurchase Notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at such time as it is given to Noteholders. In addition to the giving of such Issuer Repurchase Notice, the Issuer shall disseminate a press release through Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or Bloomberg Business News announcing the occurrence of such Fundamental Change or publish such information in The Wall Street Journal or another newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or on the Guarantor’s website, or through such other public medium as the Issuer shall deem appropriate at such time.
No failure of the Issuer to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Noteholders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.02.
(c) For a Note to be repurchased at the option of the Holder pursuant to this Section 3.02(c), the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, (i) a written notice of repurchase (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note duly completed (if the Note is certificated) or stating the following (if the Note is represented by a Global Note): (A) the certificate number of the Note that the Holder will deliver to be repurchased (if the Note is certificated) or that the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice complies with the appropriate Depositary procedures (if the Note is represented by a Global Note), (B) the portion of the principal amount of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (provided that the remaining principal amount of Notes not subject to repurchase must be in an authorized denomination) and (C) that such Note shall be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Note and in this Indenture; together with (ii) such Notes duly endorsed for transfer (if the Note if certificated) or book-entry transfer of such Note (if such Note is represented by a Global Note). The delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the repurchase price therefore; provided, however, that such repurchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.02 only if the Notes so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Note for repurchase shall be determined by the Issuer, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error.
22 |
(d) The Issuer, if so requested, shall repurchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.02, a portion of a Note, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Note also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Note.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 3.02 if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cured, on or prior to the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Issuer in the payment of the repurchase price pursuant to this Section 3.02 with respect to the Notes to be repurchased).
(f) The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuer of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Any repurchase by the Issuer contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.02 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder (i) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date if the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Notes to the Paying Agent is effected prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, and (ii) if delivered later, within two (2) Business Days following the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note. Payment of the repurchase price for a Note for which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn is conditioned upon book-entry transfer in compliance with applicable Depositary procedures or delivery of the Notes, together with necessary endorsements, to the Paying Agent.
Section 3.03. Issuer Repurchase Notice. (a) The Issuer Repurchase Notice, as provided in Section 3.03(b), shall be given to Holders in the event of a Fundamental Change, on or before the 20th calendar day after the occurrence of such a Fundamental Change as provided in Section 3.02(b) (the “Issuer Repurchase Notice Date”).
(b) In connection with any repurchase of Notes, the Issuer shall, on the applicable Issuer Repurchase Notice Date, give written notice to Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) setting forth information specified in this Section (in either case, the “Issuer Repurchase Notice”).
Each Issuer Repurchase Notice shall:
(i) state the events causing the Fundamental Change and the date thereof;
(ii) state the procedures Holders must follow to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes and that Holders must exercise their right to elect to repurchase prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(iii) state the repurchase price, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
23 |
(iv) state the name and address of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;
(v) state the applicable Exchange Rate and any adjustments thereto;
(vi) state that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the repurchase price;
(vii) state that a Holder may withdraw its Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivering a valid written notice of withdrawal in accordance with Section 3.04;
(viii) state that Notes as to which the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given may be exchanged only if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(ix) state the amount of Interest accrued and unpaid per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(x) state that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment of the repurchase price, Interest on Notes covered by any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall cease to accrue on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(xi) state the CUSIP number of the Notes, if CUSIP numbers are then in use; and
(xiii) if the Issuer, in its commercially reasonable judgment based on advice of counsel, determines that circumstances have changed such that it has become necessary or appropriate to withhold on proceeds under Section 1445 of the Code, the Issuer will include with the Issuer Repurchase Notice a notice of that conclusion and of its intent to withhold.
An Issuer Repurchase Notice may be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give such Issuer Repurchase Notice in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the text of the Issuer Repurchase Notice shall be prepared by the Issuer.
If any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note, then the Issuer will modify such Issuer Repurchase Notice to the extent necessary to accord with the applicable procedures of the Depositary that apply to the repurchase of Global Notes.
(c) The Issuer shall, to the extent applicable, comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act that may be applicable at the time of the repurchase of the Notes, file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act and comply with all other applicable federal and state securities laws in connection with the repurchase of the Notes.
Section 3.04. Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal. Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is validly withdrawn in accordance with this Section 3.04) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the repurchase price with respect to such Note. Such repurchase price shall be paid to such Holder on the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 3.02) and (y) two (2) Business Days of the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.02 on or after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.
24 |
Notes in respect of which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be exchanged pursuant to Article 13 hereof on or after the date of the delivery of such Repurchase Notice unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn.
A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date specifying:
(a) the name of the Holder;
(b) the certificate number(s) of all withdrawn Notes in certificated form or that the notice of withdrawal complies with appropriate Depositary procedures with respect to all withdrawn Notes represented by a Global Note;
(c) the principal amount of Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be such that the principal amount not to be purchased equals $1,0000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and
(d) the principal amount of Notes, if any, that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Issuer.
If a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is properly withdrawn (in whole or in part), the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase the Notes properly withdrawn pursuant to such Repurchase Notice.
Section 3.05. Deposit of Repurchase Price. (a) Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent or, if the Issuer is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date), sufficient to pay the aggregate repurchase price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.
(b) If on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the repurchase price of the Notes that Holders have elected to require the Issuer to repurchase in accordance with Section 3.02 and which have not been withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.04, then, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date such Notes will cease to be outstanding, Interest will cease to accrue and all other rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate, other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon delivery or book-entry transfer of the Note. This will be the case whether or not book-entry transfer of the Note has been made or the Note has been delivered to the Paying Agent.
25 |
Section 3.06. Notes Repurchased in Part. Upon presentation of any Note repurchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unrepurchased portion of the Notes presented (provided that the unrepurchased portion of the Notes must be in an integral multiple of $1,000).
Section 3.07. Repayment to the Issuer. Subject to Section 11.04, the Paying Agent shall return to the Issuer any cash that remains unclaimed, together with Interest, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the repurchase price; provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.05 exceeds the aggregate repurchase price of the Notes or portions thereof which the Issuer is obligated to repurchase as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date then, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Paying Agent, promptly after the second Business Day following the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Issuer, together with Interest, if any, thereon.
ARTICLE 4
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR
Section 4.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid when due the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for exchange or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture, such office shall be the Corporate Trust Office and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations, provided, however that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
26 |
The Issuer hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and the Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Issuer for each of the aforesaid purposes.
So long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, the Trustee agrees, at the expense of the Issuer, to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.08(f). If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Issuer and the Holders of Notes it can identify from its records.
Section 4.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Issuer, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as provided in Section 7.08, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.
Section 4.04. Provisions as to Paying Agent. (a) If the Issuer shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a Paying Agent, the Issuer will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:
(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(ii) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and
(iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.
The Issuer shall, on or before each due date of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for such payment) sufficient to pay such principal or Interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date.
(b) If the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal and Interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Issuer (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.
27 |
(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Issuer or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
(d) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to Section 11.02 and Section 11.03.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other Paying Agents (including the Issuer if acting as its own Paying Agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other Paying Agents.
Section 4.05. Existence. Subject to Article 10, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence all material rights and material franchises; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable.
Section 4.06. Rule 144A Information Requirement. If so required by Rule 144A, the Guarantor and the Issuer will promptly furnish to the Holders, beneficial owners and prospective purchasers of the Notes and of any shares of Common Stock delivered upon exchange of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) to facilitate the resale of the Notes and such shares pursuant to Rule 144A.
Section 4.07. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and the Guarantor each covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantor each (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 4.08. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer and the Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the General Partner as to his or her knowledge of the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and, in the event of any noncompliance, specifying such noncompliance and the nature and status thereof. For purposes of this Section 4.08, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.
28 |
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of (i) any default in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, or (ii) any Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying with particularity such default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Any notice required to be given under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 4.09. Supplementary Interest Notice. In the event that Supplementary Interest is payable to Holders of Notes, the Issuer will provide written notice (“Supplementary Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Supplementary Interest no later than fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the proposed Interest Payment Date for Supplementary Interest, and the Supplementary Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Supplementary Interest to be paid by the Issuer on such Interest Payment Date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine the Supplementary Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Supplementary Interest when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Supplementary Interest.
Section 4.10. Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock. The Guarantor shall provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the exchange of the Notes as required by this Indenture from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange.
The Guarantor covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exchange of Notes will upon issue be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.
The Guarantor covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon exchange, the Guarantor shall, as expeditiously as possible secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.
The Guarantor further covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national or regional securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Guarantor will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all the Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes; provided that if the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Guarantor to defer the listing of such the Common Stock until the first exchange of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantor covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time.
29 |
ARTICLE 5
NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY
THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE
Section 5.01. Noteholders’ Lists. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(a) semiannually, not later than 15 days after each Record Date for Interest for the Notes, a list, in such form as the Trustee may require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of such Record Date, and
(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, excluding from such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Notes Registrar,
provided, however, that, so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.
Section 5.02. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).
Section 5.03. Reports by Trustee. The Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required by TIA Section 313 at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA, which shall initially be not less than every twelve months commencing on October 15, 2014 and may be dated as of a date up to 60 days prior to such transmission. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders of Notes, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which any Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer. The Issuer will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange or any delisting thereof.
Section 5.04. Reports by Issuer. The Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 15 days after it is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, that it is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Any such report, information or document that the Guarantor files with the Commission through the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section 5.06 at the time of such filing through the EDGAR system (or such successor thereto).
30 |
ARTICLE 6
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
Section 6.01. Events of Default.
(a) In case any one or more of the following (each, an “Event of Default”) (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred and be continuing:
(1) default in the payment of any Interest on the Notes when such Interest becomes due and payable, that continues for a period of 30 days;
(2) default in the payment of the principal of the Notes or any repurchase price due with respect to the Notes, when due and payable;
(3) failure on the part of the Issuer or the Guarantor to satisfy their obligations upon an exchange of Notes pursuant to Article 13 and such failure continues for five Business Days following the scheduled settlement date for such exchange;
(4) failure by the Issuer to provide notice of a specified corporate event in accordance with Section 13.01(b)(iii) or Section 13.01(b)(iv), in each case, when due;
(5) failure by the Issuer to provide an Issuer Repurchase Notice after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change as provided in Section 3.02(b) and Section 3.03(b), when due;
(6) failure on the part of the Issuer or the Guarantor to comply with their respective obligations under Article 10;
(7) default in the performance, or breach, of any other covenant or warranty of the Issuer in this Indenture with respect to the Notes, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
(8) default under any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of the Issuer or of the Guarantor, the repayment of which the Issuer or the Guarantor has guaranteed or for which the Issuer or the Guarantor is directly responsible or liable as obligor or guarantor, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $35,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within the period specified in such instrument;
31 |
(9) the rendering against the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any of their respective Subsidiaries of a final judgment for the payment of $35,000,000 or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance), which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (i) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (ii) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished;
(10) the Guarantor, the Issuer, or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or under or within meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case; or
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; or
(iii) consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law of it or for all or substantially of its property; or
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
(11) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; or
(ii) appoints a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of its property; or
(iii) orders the liquidation of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries;
and, in each case in this clause (11), the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for ninety (90) calendar days;
then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) and Section 6.01(a)(11)), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may declare the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration the same shall be immediately due and payable.
32 |
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or Section 6.01(a)(11) occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.
(b) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture to the contrary, if the Issuer so elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the Guarantor’s failure to comply with Section 5.04 hereof (a “Reporting Event of Default”), will consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at a rate equal to (i) 0.25% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the first 90 days of the 180-day period in which such Event of Default is continuing beginning on, and including, the date on which such an Event of Default first occurs and (ii) 0.50% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the last 90 days of such 180-day period as long as such Event of Default is continuing (subject to Section 6.01(c), in addition to any Additional Interest that may be payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement).
If the Issuer so elects, such additional interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated Interest payable on the Notes. On the 181st day after such Event of Default (if the Reporting Event of Default is not cured or waived prior to such 181st day), the Notes will be subject to acceleration pursuant to Section 6.01(a). The provisions of this Section 6.01(b) will not affect the rights of Holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any Event of Default that is not a Reporting Event of Default. In the event the Issuer does not elect to pay the additional interest following a Reporting Event of Default in accordance with this Section 6.01(b) or the Issuer elected to make such payment but does not pay the additional interest when due, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.01(a).
In order to elect to pay the additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of a Reporting Event of Default, the Issuer must notify all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is a Person other than the Trustee or the Issuer) of such election prior to the beginning of such 180-day period. Upon the Issuer’s failure to timely give such notice, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.01(a).
(c) In no event will the additional interest payable pursuant to Section 6.01(b) together with the Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the “Supplementary Interest”) accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum pursuant to the Indenture, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such Supplementary Interest.
(d) If, at any time after the principal amount of and Interest on the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, subject in all respects to Section 6.07, if: (a) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal amount and any accrued and unpaid Interest that have become due solely because of such acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) the Issuer or the Guarantor shall have deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all overdue Interest, including Interest on overdue installments of Interest (to the extent that payment of such Interest is lawful), and principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration; and (c) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses (including attorney’s fees), disbursements and advances pursuant to Section 7.06. No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon.
33 |
(e) In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Issuer, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall retain all rights under this Indenture to be indemnified for expenses incurred related to such proceeding.
Section 6.02. Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. The Issuer covenants that in the case of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2), upon demand of the Trustee, the Issuer will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, (i) the whole amount that then shall be due and payable on all such Notes for principal or Interest, as the case may be, with Interest upon the overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such Interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue installments of accrued and unpaid Interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the required payment date and, (ii) in addition thereto, any amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture, including, but not limited to, Section 7.06. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Issuer may pay the principal of and Interest on the Notes to the registered Holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue.
In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Guarantor, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Guarantor, the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3)) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise: (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders of Notes allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Notes to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of Notes, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.06. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Note any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of Notes in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and may be a member of the creditors’ committee.
34 |
All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.
Section 6.03. Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, shall be applied, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:
FIRST: | To the payment of costs and expenses of collection, including all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel all other amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.06; |
SECOND: | To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest, respectively; and |
35 |
THIRD: | To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Issuer. |
Section 6.04. Proceedings by Noteholders. No Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal or Interest on the Notes, unless (a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, (b) the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such indemnity as is satisfactory to it as it may require against the costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred therein or thereby, (c) the Trustee for sixty (60) calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and (d) no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with Section 6.07; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Notes (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.04, each and every Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and accrued Interest on such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note or in the event of repurchase, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Issuer shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Anything contained in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder of any Note, without the consent of either the Trustee or the Holder of any other Note, in its own behalf and for its own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, its rights of exchange as provided herein.
Section 6.05. Proceedings by Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
36 |
Section 6.06. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. All powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Noteholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default or Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein, and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders.
Section 6.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Noteholders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and (c) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of Notes not joining therein, it being understood that (subject to Section 7.02) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearance are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any past default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, (ii) a failure by the Issuer to exchange any Notes as required by this Indenture, (iii) a default in the payment of the repurchase price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to Article 3 or (iv) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof, which under Article 9 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of all Notes then outstanding or each Note affected thereby.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.08. Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.08 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3), or Interest on any Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article 13.
37 |
ARTICLE 7
THE TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Notice of Defaults. Within ninety (90) calendar days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any default hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived pursuant to the terms of Section 6.07 hereof; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes; and provided further that in the case of any default or breach of the character specified in Section 6.01(a)(7), no such notice to Holders of Notes shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof.
Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):
(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officers’ Certificate, certificate, statement, instrument, Opinion of Counsel, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order (other than delivery of any Note to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.04 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel;
38 |
(d) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such examination shall be paid by the Holders or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Holders upon demand. The Trustee, in its discretion, may, but shall not be required to, make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, relevant to the facts or matters that are the subject of its inquiry, personally or by agent or attorney;
(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(j) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;
39 |
(k) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct; and
(l) except for (i) a default under Sections 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) hereof, or (ii) any other event of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has “actual knowledge” and which event, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default unless specifically notified in writing of such event by the Issuer or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; as used herein, the term “actual knowledge” means the actual fact or statement of knowing, without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto.
The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.
Section 7.03. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof.
Section 7.04. May Hold Notes and Common Stock. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, Note Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes or Common Stock and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Issuer and the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, Note Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.
Section 7.05. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuer.
Section 7.06. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Issuer agrees:
(a) to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
40 |
(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
(c) to indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11), the expenses (including the charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuer under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Notes. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.
Section 7.07. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility; Conflicting Interests. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of Federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trustee Indenture Act. Neither the Issuer nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer shall serve as Trustee.
If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other obligor under the Notes, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer or the Guarantor (or any such other obligor).
Section 7.08. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
41 |
(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 7.09.
(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.
(d) If at any time:
(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or
(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.07 of this Indenture and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or
(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee, or (B) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.
(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders of Notes and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f) The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing or causing to be mailed such notice to the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
42 |
Section 7.09. Acceptance of Appointment By Successor. (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 7.06.
(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, the Issuer, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto, pursuant to Article Nine hereof, wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring all Notes, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trust sand duties of the retiring Trustee to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Issuer or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.
(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7.09, as the case may be.
(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
Section 7.10. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case any Notes shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Notes, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.
43 |
Section 7.11. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial repayment thereof, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any state or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
44 |
An Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes by mailing or causing to be mailed such notice to the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.
If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:
This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By:____________________________
as Authenticating Agent
By:____________________________
Authorized Signatory
Dated:__________
Section 7.12. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee.
(a) With respect to the Notes, except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and imposed by the Trust Indenture Act and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but shall not be under any duty to verify the contents or accuracy thereof.
45 |
(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and
(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12.
ARTICLE 8
THE NOTEHOLDERS
Section 8.01. Action by Noteholders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Noteholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders of Notes voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Noteholders, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Noteholders. Whenever the Issuer or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Issuer or the Trustee may fix in advance of such solicitation a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. Notwithstanding Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Noteholders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Noteholders of record at the Close of Business on such record date shall be deemed to be Noteholders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, and for that purpose the outstanding notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Noteholders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.
46 |
Section 8.02. Proof of Execution by Noteholders. Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.02 and 7.12, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Noteholder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the registry of such Notes or by a certificate of the Note Registrar.
Section 8.03. Absolute Owners. The Issuer, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any exchange agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Issuer or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on such Note, for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any exchange agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable upon any such Note.
Section 8.04. Issuer-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture or whether a quorum is present at a meeting of Noteholders, Notes which are owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes, as such ownership shall be reflected on the Note Register, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons, and, subject to Section 7.12, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.
47 |
Section 8.05. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
ARTICLE 9
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Guarantor and the Trustee may, from time to time, and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental without the consent of any Holder of the Notes hereto for any of the following purposes:
(a) to evidence a successor to the Issuer as obligor or to the Guarantor as guarantor under this Indenture;
(b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in the Notes;
(c) to add Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(d) to amend or supplement any provisions of this Indenture; provided that no amendment or supplement shall materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes then outstanding;
(e) to secure the Notes;
(f) to provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee or facilitate the administration of the trusts under this Indenture by more than one Trustee;
(g) to provide for rights of Holders if any reclassification or change of the Common Stock occurs;
48 |
(h) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or to make any other change with respect to the Indenture or the Notes that shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any respect;
(i) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent necessary to permit or facilitate discharge of any of the Notes; provided that the action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any respect;
(j) to modify this Indenture and the Notes to increase the Exchange Rate or reduce the Exchange Price; provided that the increase or reduction, as the case may be, is in accordance with the terms of the Notes or will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes; or
(k) to conform the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes to the description thereof contained in the “Description of Notes” section in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by the General Partner’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Noteholders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, the Issuer, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Guarantor and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Note so affected:
(a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of or any installment of Interest on the Notes, reduce the principal amount of or the rate or amount of Interest on the Notes, or adversely affect any right of repayment of the Holder of the Notes;
(b) change the place of payment, or the coin or currency, for payment of principal of or Interest on any Note or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any exchange of or payment on or with respect to the Notes;
49 |
(c) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture, to waive compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults and their consequences provided in this Indenture, or to reduce the quorum or change voting requirements set forth in this Indenture;
(d) modify or affect in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor in respect of the payments of principal and Interest;
(e) modify the ranking provisions of the Indenture in a manner that is adverse to the rights of Holders;
(f) modify or amend the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor as guarantor of the Notes in a manner that is adverse to the rights of Holders:
(g) modify any of this Section 9.02 or the second paragraph of Section 6.07, except to increase the required percentage to effect the action or to provide that certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of the Holders of the Notes;
(h) modify the provisions of Sections 3.02 and 3.03 in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, including the Issuer’s obligation to repurchase the Notes following a Fundamental Change; or
(i) adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Notes contained in Section 13.01 of this Indenture.
Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by the General Partner’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 9.03. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect, provided that this Section 9.03 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder, subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
50 |
Section 9.04. Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Issuer’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Issuer, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.11) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.
Section 9.05. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee. Prior to entering into any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 9, the Trustee shall be provided with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 9 and is otherwise authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
ARTICLE 10
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
Section 10.01. Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer), or successive consolidations or mergers, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer); provided, however, that the following conditions are met:
(a) the Issuer shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if other than the Issuer) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume payment of the principal of and Interest on all of the Notes and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture;
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and
51 |
(c) either the Issuer or the successor Person, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
No such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this Section 10.01 unless prior thereto the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.
Section 10.02. Issuer Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation by the Issuer with or merger of the Issuer into any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer to any Person in accordance with Section 10.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
Section 10.03. Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or successive consolidations or mergers, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Guarantor, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor); provided, however, that:
(a) the Guarantor shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if other than the Guarantor) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture;
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
(c) either the Guarantor or the successor Person, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, as the case may be, and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, sale, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
52 |
Section 10.04. Guarantor Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation by the Guarantor with or merger of the Guarantor into any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor to any Person in accordance with Section 10.03, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Guarantor herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Guarantee thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights hereunder of Holders of the Notes to receive all amounts owing upon the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders of the Notes, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (ii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, upon demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute instruments in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:
(a) either
(i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 11.04, and (B) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 11.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(ii) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Exchange Agent (other than the Issuer or any of its Affiliates), as applicable, as trust funds in trust cash and/or shares of Common Stock (as applicable under the terms of this Indenture) in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and Interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be;
53 |
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Section 11.02. Application of Trust Funds. All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any Interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. All moneys deposited with the Trustee (and held by it or any Paying Agent) for the payment of Notes subsequently exchanged shall be returned to the Issuer upon request.
Section 11.03. Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.04 the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall hold in trust, for the benefit of the Noteholders, all money deposited with it pursuant to Section 11.01 and shall apply the deposited money in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes to the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on the Notes.
Section 11.04. Return of Unclaimed Monies. Subject to the restrictions of applicable law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or Interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may, at the expense of the Issuer, either publish in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York, or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to such money, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall be relieved of all liability with respect to such money.
Section 11.05. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article 11 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 11 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of or Interest on any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of the Notes to receive such payment from the money so held by the Trustee or Paying Agent in trust.
54 |
ARTICLE 12
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section 12.01. Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article 15, no recourse for the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer (i) in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, (ii) in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby or (iii) in the Registration Rights Agreement, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, partner, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture, and the issue of the Notes.
ARTICLE 13
EXCHANGE OF NOTES
Section 13.01. Right to Exchange. (a) Subject to the restrictions on ownership of shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section 13.06, and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 13, a Holder may exchange, at such Holder’s option, all or part of its Notes, in multiples of $1,000, based on the Exchange Rate. Upon an exchange of Notes, the Issuer shall satisfy its obligation (the “Exchange Obligation”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.02.
Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, Holders shall have the right to exchange their Notes only under the circumstances described in Section 13.01(b). On or after July 15, 2018, a Holder may surrender its Notes for exchange at any time on or prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date without regard to the conditions in Section 13.01(b). In no event may Notes be surrendered for exchange after the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.
(b) (i) Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, Notes may be surrendered for exchange on any date during any calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 2013 (and only during such calendar quarter) if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock was more than 130% of the then current Exchange Price for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous calendar quarter.
55 |
(ii) Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, Notes may be surrendered for exchange at any time during the five Business Day period immediately after any five consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as determined following a request by a Holder of Notes in accordance with this subsection (b)(ii), for each Trading Day of such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate on each such Trading Day during such five Trading Day period. The Trading Prices shall be determined by the Bid Solicitation Agent pursuant to this subsection (b)(ii) and the definition of Trading Price set forth in this Indenture. If the Issuer is not acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Issuer pursuant to the definition of Trading Price, along with appropriate contact information for each. The Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes unless the Issuer has requested such determination in writing; and the Issuer shall have no obligation to make such request (or, if the Issuer is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, the Issuer shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes) unless a Holder provides the Issuer with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes would be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate, at which time, the Issuer shall instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) in writing to determine, or if the Issuer is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, the Issuer shall determine, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate. If (x) the Issuer is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent and the Issuer fails to make such determination when obligated as provided in the preceding sentence or (y) the Issuer is not acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, and the Issuer does not instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes when obligated as provided in the preceding sentence, or if the Issuer instructs the Bid Solicitation Agent to obtain bids and the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to make such determination, then, in either case, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate on each Trading Day of such failure. If the Trading Price condition set forth above has been met, the Issuer shall so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing. If, at any time after the Trading Price condition set forth above has been met, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate for such date, the Issuer shall so notify the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing.
(iii) If, prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, the Guarantor:
(A) distributes to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less from the declaration date for such distribution, shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average Closing Sale Price of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution; or
56 |
(B) makes a distribution to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock cash, other assets, securities or rights to purchase securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution,
then, in either case, the Issuer shall notify all Holders at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution by notice in writing. Once the Issuer has given such notice, a Holder may surrender all or any portion of its Notes for exchange any time until the earlier of (1) the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution and (2) the Issuer’s announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place.
(iv) If a transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018, regardless of whether a Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 3.02, or if the Guarantor is a party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, or transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, in each case, pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other assets, all or any portion of a Holder’s Notes may be surrendered for exchange at any time from or after the date that is 15 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction (or, if later, the Business Day after the Issuer gives notice of such transaction) until 35 Trading Days after the actual effective date of such transaction or, if such transaction also constitutes a Fundamental Change, until the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. The Issuer shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing (i) as promptly as practicable following the date the Issuer publicly announces such transaction but in no event less than 15 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction or (ii) if the Issuer does not have knowledge of such transaction at least 15 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Issuer receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such transaction, but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction.
Section 13.02. Exchange Procedures; Settlement Upon Exchange. (a) In order to exercise the exchange right with respect to any Notes in certificated form, a Holder must:
(i) complete and manually sign a notice of exchange in the form entitled “Form of Exchange Notice” attached to the reverse of such certificated Note (or a facsimile thereof) (an “Exchange Notice”);
57 |
(ii) deliver such Exchange Notice and the certificated Notes to be exchanged to the Exchange Agent at the office of the Exchange Agent;
(iii) to the extent any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as may be required by the Exchange Agent;
(iv) if required pursuant to this Section 13.02(a), pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and
(v) if required pursuant to Section 13.02(h), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any.
In order to exercise the exchange right with respect to any interest in a Global Note, a Holder must:
(i) submit an Exchange Notice through the facilities of the Depositary and the Exchange Notice must comply with all applicable Depositary procedures;
(ii) if required pursuant to this Section 13.02(a), pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and
(iii) if required pursuant to Section 13.02(h), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any.
The date on which the Holder satisfies the foregoing requirements is the “Exchange Date.” The Notes shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Exchange Date; provided, however, that the Person in whose name any shares of the Common Stock shall be issuable upon such exchange shall become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the last Trading Day of the relevant Exchange Period, in the case of Combination Settlement.
Whether the Notes to be exchanged are held in book-entry or certificated form, the Exchange Notice will require the Holder to certify that it is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
If a Holder exchanges any Notes after the Close of Business on the Record Date for an interest payment but prior to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the record Holder on such Record Date (if other than such Holder) shall receive on the corresponding Interest Payment Date the full amount of interest accrued and unpaid on such Notes, notwithstanding such Holder’s exchange of those Notes prior to the Interest Payment Date. However, except as provided in the next sentence, at the time such Holder surrenders its Notes for exchange after the Close of Business on a Record Date but prior to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, such Holder must pay the Issuer an amount equal to the interest that has accrued and shall be paid on the Notes being exchanged on the corresponding Interest Payment Date. However, such Holder is not required to make such payment:
58 |
(i) if such Holder exchanges its Notes following the Close of Business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date;
(ii) if such Holder exchanges its Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change and the Issuer has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or
(iii) to the extent of any overdue interest, if overdue interest exists at the time of exchange with respect to such Holder’s Notes.
For the avoidance of doubt, all Record Holders of Notes on the Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in (i), (ii) and (iii) above will receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged following such Record Date.
If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.02 with respect to a Note, such Holder may not surrender that Note for exchange until such Holder has validly withdrawn the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 3.04, except as to a portion of such Note that is not subject to such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice.
Upon surrender of a Note for exchange by a Holder, such Holder shall deliver to the Issuer cash equal to the amount that the Issuer is required to deduct and withhold under applicable law in connection with such exchange; provided, however, that if the Holder does not deliver such cash, the Issuer may deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise deliverable to such Holder the amount required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law.
Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee (or other Exchange Agent appointed by the Issuer), or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee (or other Exchange Agent appointed by the Issuer), shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchanges of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.
(b) Subject to this Section 13.02 and Section 13.04, upon exchange of any Note, the Issuer may, at its election, pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged either solely cash (“Cash Settlement”), solely shares of Common Stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares) (“Physical Settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock (“Combination Settlement”), as set forth in this Section 13.02(b); provided that if the Issuer shall effect a Physical Settlement Election in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.02(c), the Issuer shall satisfy its Exchange Obligations with respect to all Notes exchanged on an Exchange Date that occurs subsequent to the Physical Election Settlement Date by Physical Settlement.
59 |
All exchanges occurring on or after July 15, 2018 shall be settled using the same Settlement Method. Prior to July 15, 2018, the Issuer shall use the same Settlement Method for all exchanges occurring on the same Exchange Date, but the Issuer shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to exchanges that occur on different Exchange Dates, subject to the provisions of Section 13.02(c). Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this paragraph, if the Issuer elects a Settlement Method, the Issuer shall notify Holders so exchanging of such Settlement Method through the Trustee, no later than the Close of Business on the Trading Day immediately following the related Exchange Date (or, in the case of any exchanges occurring on or after July 15, 2018, no later than the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding July 15, 2018). If the Issuer does not timely elect a Settlement Method, the Issuer shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Exchange Obligation, and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000. If the Issuer elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify exchanging Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer shall have effected a Physical Settlement Election in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.02(c), then with respect to any Notes exchanged on an Exchange Date that occurs following the Physical Settlement Election Date, the Issuer need not provide any notice with respect to its election of a Settlement Method and the Issuer shall settle its Exchange Obligation by Physical Settlement.
The cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in respect of any exchange of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows:
(i) if the Issuer elects to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Physical Settlement or if the Issuer shall have made a Physical Settlement Election in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.02(c), the Issuer shall deliver to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 13.02(j));
(ii) if the Issuer elects to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Cash Settlement, the Issuer shall pay to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchange Values for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Exchange Period; and
(iii) if the Issuer elects (or is deemed to have elected) to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Combination Settlement, the Issuer shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, a Settlement Amount equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Exchange Period (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 13.02(j)).
(c) At any time prior to July 15, 2018, the Issuer may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, make an irrevocable Physical Settlement Election. Such Physical Settlement Election shall become effective upon delivery by the Issuer of a Physical Settlement Election Notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. Simultaneously with the giving of such Physical Settlement Election Notice, the Issuer shall disseminate a press release through Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or Bloomberg Business News announcing such Physical Settlement Election or publish such information in The Wall Street Journal or another newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or on the Guarantor’s website.
60 |
(d) Except as set forth in Section 13.04, if Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement is applicable, the Issuer shall pay and/or deliver the consideration due upon exchange on the third Business Day immediately following the final Trading Day of the related Exchange Period. If Physical Settlement is applicable, the Issuer shall deliver the consideration due upon exchange on the third Business Day immediately following the related Exchange Date; provided, that, with respect to any Exchange Date with respect to which Physical Settlement applies occurring after October 1, 2018, settlement will occur on the Maturity Date.
(e) If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon exchange shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
(f) In case any certificated Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the certificated Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder, a new certificated Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered certificated Note.
(g) Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee and the Depositary shall reduce the principal amount of such Global Note in their records.
(h) The issue of stock certificates on exchanges of Notes shall be made without charge to the exchanging Holder of Notes for any taxes or duties in respect of the issue thereof. The Issuer shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax or duty which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other than that of the Holder of any Notes exchanged, and the Issuer shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Issuer the amount of such tax or duty or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Issuer that such tax has been paid.
(i) Except as provided in Section 13.02(a), upon exchange, Holders shall not receive any separate cash payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes. Accrued and unpaid interest to the Exchange Date shall be deemed to be paid in full with the payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, upon exchange, rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. With respect to any exchange with Combination Settlement, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of the cash paid upon such exchange.
61 |
(j) The Issuer shall not deliver fractional shares of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes. If any fractional shares of Common Stock would be issuable upon the exchange of any Note or Notes, the Issuer shall instead pay cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the relevant Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or on the final Trading Day of the relevant Exchange Period, in the case of Combination Settlement.
(k) Except as may be set forth in Section 13.03, the Issuer shall not make any payment or other adjustment for dividends on any Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes.
(l) The Issuer shall inform the Trustee upon its request if the Notes have become exchangeable under Section 13.01(b).
Section 13.03. Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
(a) If the Guarantor issues Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all of its Common Stock, or if the Guarantor effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER1 = ER0 x OS1 OS0 |
where
ER0 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or share combination; |
ER1 = | the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or share combination; |
OS0 = | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date of such share split or share combination; and |
OS1 = | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date of such share split or share combination but after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination. |
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution or to effect such subdivision or combination, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such subdivision or combination had not been announced.
62 |
(b) If the Guarantor distributes to all, or substantially all, holders of Common Stock any rights, warrants or options entitling them for a period of not more than 45 days after the date of issuance thereof to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock for a period of not more than 45 days after the date of issuance thereof, in either case at an exercise price per share of Common Stock less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the time of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER1 = ER0 x (OS0 + X) (OS0 +Y) |
where
ER0= | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
ER1 = | the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
OS0 = | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
X = | the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, warrants or options; and |
Y = | the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of (A) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, warrants or options and (B) the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement for the issuance of such rights, warrants or options. |
If any right, warrant or option described in this paragraph (b) is not exercised or converted prior to the expiration of the exercisability or convertibility thereof, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such right, warrant or option had not been so issued.
For purposes of this Section 13.03(b) and for the purpose of Section 13.01(b)(iii)(A), in determining whether any rights, warrants or options entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement for such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
63 |
(c) If the Guarantor distributes shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor to all, or substantially all, holders of Common Stock, excluding:
(A) dividends, distributions, rights, warrants or options referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 13.03;
(B) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash; and
(C) Spin-Offs described below in this paragraph (c),
then the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER1 = ER0 x SP0 (SP0-FMV) |
where
ER0 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
ER1 = | the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
SP0 = | the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and |
FMV = | the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” with respect to any distribution of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor is equal to or greater than “SP0” with respect to such distribution, then in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of Notes shall have the right to receive on the date such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor are distributed to holders of Common Stock, for each Note, the amount of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor such holder of Notes would have received had such holder of Notes owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the product of the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, and the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by such Holder and (y) the denominator of which is one thousand dollars ($1,000).
With respect to an adjustment to the Exchange Rate made pursuant to this clause (c), where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution of Common Stock or shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor (a “Spin-Off”), the Exchange Rate in effect immediately before the Close of Business on the effective date of the Spin-Off will be adjusted based on the following formula:
64 |
ER1 = ER0 x (FMV0+MP0) MP0 |
where
ER0 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Spin-Off; |
ER1 = | the new Exchange Rate immediately after the effective date of the Spin-Off; |
FMV0 = | the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading Days after, and including, the effective date of the Spin-Off; and |
MP0 = | the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading Days after the effective date of the Spin-Off. |
An adjustment to the Exchange Rate made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will occur on the 10th Trading Day from and including the effective date of the Spin-Off; provided that in respect of any exchange within the 10 Trading Days following, and including, the effective date of any Spin-Off, references within this paragraph (c) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the effective date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the applicable Exchange Rate.
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (c) is declared but not paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
For purposes of this Section 13.03(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 13.03(f)), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 13.03(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 13.03(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 13.03(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 13.03(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.
65 |
For purposes of 13.03(a), Section 13.03(b) and this Section 14.03(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 13.03(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:
(A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 13.03(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or
(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 13.03(b) is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),
then (1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 13.03(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 13.03(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and (2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 13.03(a) and Section 13.03(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Guarantor, (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date” within the meaning of Section 13.03(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 13.03(b).
(d) If the Guarantor makes any cash dividend or distribution to all, or substantially all, holders of outstanding Common Stock, other than regular quarterly cash dividends that do not exceed $0.165 per share (the “Dividend Threshold Amount”), the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
66 |
ER1 = ER0 x (SP0-T) (SP0-C) |
where
ER0 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
ER1 = | the new Exchange Rate immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
SP0 = | the Closing Sale Price of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; |
T = | the Dividend Threshold Amount; provided that if the distribution is not a regular quarterly cash dividend, the Dividend Threshold Amount shall be deemed to be zero; and |
C = | the amount in cash per share that the Guarantor distributes to holders of Common Stock; |
provided that if “C” with respect to any such cash dividend or distribution is equal to or greater than “SP0” with respect to any such cash dividend or distribution, then in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder of Notes shall have the right to receive on the date such cash is distributed to holders of Common Stock, for each Note, the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution.
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (d) is declared but not so paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
The Dividend Threshold Amount shall be subject to adjustment in a manner inversely proportional to adjustments to the Exchange Rate and shall be adjusted at the same time that the Exchange Rate is adjusted; provided that no adjustment shall be made to the Dividend Threshold Amount for any adjustment made to the Exchange Rate pursuant to this Section 13.03(d).
(e) If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (the “Expiration Time”), the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
67 |
ER1 = ER0 x (AC+(SP1 x OS1)) (SP1 x OS0) |
where
ER0 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires; |
ER1 = | the Exchange Rate in effect immediately following the Close of Business on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires; |
AC = | the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable for the Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer; |
OS0 = | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Time on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires; |
OS1 = | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Time on the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to the purchase or exchange of shares pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer); and |
SP1 = | the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires. |
The adjustment to the exchange rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur on the 10th Trading Day from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided, that in respect of any exchange within 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references with respect to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and the Exchange Date in determining the applicable Exchange Rate.
If the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer but is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchase or all such purchases are rescinded, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made.
(f) If the Guarantor has in effect a rights plan while any Notes remain outstanding, Holders of Notes will receive, upon an exchange of Notes, in addition to Common Stock, if any, rights under the Guarantor’s stockholder rights agreement unless, prior to exchange, the rights have expired, terminated or been redeemed or unless the rights have separated from the Common Stock. If the rights provided for in the rights plan adopted by the Guarantor have separated from the Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights agreement so that Holders of Notes would not be entitled to receive any rights in respect of any shares of Common Stock delivered upon an exchange of Notes, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Guarantor had distributed, to all holders of Common Stock, capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property pursuant to paragraph (c) above, subject to readjustment upon the subsequent expiration, termination or redemption of the rights.
68 |
(g) Notwithstanding this Section 13.03 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if any Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective, or any Ex-Dividend Date for any issuance, dividend or distribution (relating to a required Exchange Rate adjustment) occurs, during the period beginning on, and including, the Open of Business on an Exchange Date and ending on, and including, the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of a related Exchange Period (or if the Issuer has elected Physical Settlement with respect to any exchange of Notes, the Close of Business on the third Trading Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date), the Board of Directors shall make adjustments to the Exchange Rate and the amount of cash or number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes, as the case may be, as are necessary or appropriate to effect the intent of this Section 13.03 and the other provisions of this Article 13 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any adjustment made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall apply in lieu of the adjustment or other term that would otherwise be applicable.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on or immediately after any Ex-Dividend Date as described in Section 13.03(a) through 13.03(e) above, and a Holder of Notes that has exchanged its Notes would otherwise become the record holder of Common Stock as of the related Exchange Date or the last Trading Day of the related Exchange Period, as the case may be, based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be made for such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder will be the holder of record of shares of the Common Stock on an un-adjusted basis and will participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.
(h) The Issuer shall not make any adjustment to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes are permitted to participate in the transactions described in this Section 13.03 on a basis equivalent to that which would apply if the Notes were exchanged entirely for Common Stock at the then-applicable Exchange Rate. If, however, the application of the foregoing formulas would result in a decrease in the Exchange Rate, no adjustment to the Exchange Rate shall be made (other than as a result of an adjustment pursuant to Section 13.03(a)).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the applicable Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted for:
(i) the issuance of any Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Issuer or those of the Guarantor and the investment of additional optional amounts in the Common Stock under any plan;
(ii) the issuance of any Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director, trustee or consultant benefit plan, employee agreement or arrangement or program of the Issuer or the Guarantor;
69 |
(iii) the issuance of any Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right, or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;
(iv) a change in the par value of the Common Stock;
(v) accrued and unpaid interest;
(vi) accumulated and unpaid dividends or distributions; and
(vii) the issuance of Units by the Issuer and the issuance of the Common Stock or the payment of cash upon redemption thereof.
Adjustments to the applicable Exchange Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share. The Issuer shall not be required to make an adjustment in the Exchange Rate unless the adjustment would require a change of at least 1% of the Exchange Rate. However, the Issuer shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Exchange Rate and shall make such carried forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, upon any exchange or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
In addition to those required by Sections 13.03(a) through (e), and subject to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, the Issuer from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days. In addition, subject to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, the Issuer may also (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.
Except as set forth above in this Article 13, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted.
Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Guarantor or the Issuer shall as promptly as reasonably practicable file with the Trustee and any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Guarantor or the Issuer shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to the Holders of the Notes within 20 Business Days of the Effective Date of such adjustment. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.
For purposes of this Section 13.03, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Guarantor but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.
In case:
70 |
(i) the Guarantor shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on the Common Stock that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 13.03; or
(ii) the Guarantor shall authorize the granting to the holders of all or substantially all of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any share of any class or any other rights or warrants; or
(iii) of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any consolidation, combination, merger or share exchange to which the Issuer or the Guarantor is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Guarantor is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor; or
(iv) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Guarantor;
the Issuer shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each holder of Notes at its address appearing on the Note Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) (1) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, combination, exchange, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up and (2) either (1) the Issuer will not withhold under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with such exchange, or (2) the Issuer will withhold under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with such exchange if (a) the Issuer, after reasonable efforts, believes that the Guarantor is not, or has not been able to determine whether the Guarantor is, a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” as defined in Section 897(h) of the Code, or (b) there has been a change in relevant law, facts, or circumstances such that the Issuer, after reasonable efforts, believes that it is appropriate to withhold under Section 1445 of the Code, unless another exception to withholding is available at such time. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
(i) Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Issuer to calculate the Closing Sale Prices, the volume-weighted average price, the Daily Exchange Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts over, or based on, a span of multiple calendar days (including an Exchange Period, Valuation Period or Averaging Period), the Issuer shall make appropriate adjustments to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Closing Sale Prices, the volume-weighted average prices, the Daily Exchange Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts are to be calculated.
71 |
Section 13.04. Exchange Rate Adjustment After Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Registration Default. (a) Subject to the provisions hereof, if a Noteholder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Issuer will increase the applicable Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”) as specified below; provided that the Additional Shares will only be payable as set forth below. An exchange of Notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such a Make Whole Fundamental Change if the Exchange Date occurs during the period from the effective date of such Make Whole Fundamental Change until the corresponding Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if such Make Whole Fundamental Change is not also a Fundamental Change, the 35th Business Day immediately following the effective date for such Make Whole Fundament Change.
Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Issuer shall, at its option, satisfy its Exchange Obligation by Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as described under Section 13.02(b). However, if the consideration received by holders of the Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Settlement Amount will be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and will be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of exchanged Notes equal to the Exchange Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 13.04), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Issuer shall satisfy its Exchange Obligation by paying cash to exchanging Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the Exchange Date.
(b) The number of Additional Shares will be determined by reference to the table in paragraph (e) below and is based on the date on which the Make Whole Fundamental Change transaction becomes effective (the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid per share of Common Stock in such transaction. If the holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the relevant Make Whole Fundamental Change transaction, the Stock Price will equal the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock. In all other cases, the Stock Price will equal the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock on the 10 consecutive Trading Days up to but excluding the Effective Date.
(c) The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices will equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted.
(d) The number of Additional Shares will be adjusted in the same manner and for the same events as the Exchange Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 13.03.
72 |
(e) The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares to be added to the applicable Exchange Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:
Stock Price | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effective Date | $10.05 | $11.00 | $12.00 | $13.00 | $14.00 | $15.00 | $16.00 | $17.00 | $18.00 | $19.00 | $20.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/9/2013 | 19.9004 | 14.4012 | 10.1734 | 7.0809 | 4.8342 | 3.2101 | 2.0525 | 1.2421 | 0.6904 | 0.3324 | 0.1224 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/2014 | 19.9004 | 13.5989 | 9.3788 | 6.3392 | 4.1690 | 2.6384 | 1.5794 | 0.8675 | 0.4140 | 0.1529 | 0.0291 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/2015 | 19.9004 | 13.0260 | 8.5916 | 5.5952 | 3.5130 | 2.0946 | 1.1547 | 0.5611 | 0.2188 | 0.0518 | 0.0000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/2016 | 19.9004 | 12.4530 | 7.7571 | 4.7537 | 2.7595 | 1.4808 | 0.7018 | 0.2684 | 0.0647 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/2017 | 19.9004 | 11.8800 | 6.6211 | 3.5190 | 1.6740 | 0.6742 | 0.2025 | 0.0281 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/15/2018 | 19.9004 | 11.3071 | 3.7313 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 | 0.0000 |
(f) If the exact Stock Price and Effective Date are not set forth on the table above, then:
(i) if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the Effective Date is between two dates in the table, the Additional Shares will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the next higher and next lower Stock Price and the earlier and later Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;
(ii) if the Stock Price is greater than $20.00 per share of Common Stock (the “Adjustment Cap”) (subject to adjustment) no Additional Shares will be added to the applicable Exchange Rate; and
(iii) if the Stock Price is less than $10.05 per share of Common Stock (the “Adjustment Floor”) (subject to adjustment) no Additional Shares will be added to the applicable Exchange Rate.
The Adjustment Cap and Adjustment Floor shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is adjusted pursuant to Section 13.03. The adjusted Adjustment Cap or Adjustment Floor, as the case may be, shall equal the Adjustment Cap or Adjustment Floor, as the case may be, applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted.
(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.04 to the contrary, in no event will the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes exceed 99.5024 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 13.03.
(h) In addition to, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if a Holder submits a Note for exchange during a period where a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) exists, the Issuer shall increase the Exchange Rate by 3.0% for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes exchanged at a time when such Registration Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Default occurs after a Holder has exchanged a Note for Common Stock, such Holder shall not be entitled to any compensation with respect to such Common Stock or such exchanged Note.
73 |
Section 13.05. Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. (a) If any of the following events occur:
(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or a change as a result of a subdivision or combination, or any other change for which an adjustment is provided in Section 13.03);
(ii) any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Guarantor with another Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock; or
(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to any other Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock,
(any such event, a “Merger Event”) then, at the effective time of the Merger Event, the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing that the Notes shall be exchangeable for the kind and amount of shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance (the “Reference Property”) by a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange for such Notes (assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock available to exchange all such Notes) immediately prior to such Merger Event. However, at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (A) the Issuer shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, as set forth in Section 13.02 and (B)(1) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the Notes as set forth in Section 13.02 will continue to be payable in cash, (2) any shares of Common Stock that the Issuer would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the notes as set forth in Section 13.02 will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have received in such transaction and (3) VWAP will be calculated based on the value of the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock would have received in such transaction. If the Merger Event causes Common Stock to be exchanged for the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property for which the Notes will be exchangeable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such election. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 13. If, in the case of any such recapitalization, reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, the Reference Property receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing.
74 |
The Issuer shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the Note Register maintained by the Note Registrar, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. The above provisions of this Section 13.05 shall similarly apply to successive recapitalizations, reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and conveyances.
(b) The Guarantor shall not become a party to any such transaction unless its terms are consistent with this Section 13.05.
Section 13.06. Ownership Limit and Withholding.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture, no Holder of Notes will be entitled to receive Common Stock following exchange of such Notes to the extent that receipt of such Common Stock would cause such Holder to exceed the ownership limits contained in the Guarantor’s charter. If any delivery of shares of Common Stock owed to a Holder upon exchange of Notes is not made, in whole or in part, as a result of the limitations described in this Section 13.06(a), the Issuer’s obligation to make such delivery shall not be extinguished and the Issuer shall deliver such shares as promptly as practicable after any such exchanging Holder gives notice to the Issuer that such delivery would not result in it being the beneficial or constructive owner of more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time.
(b) At the Maturity Date, upon earlier repurchase of the Notes or at any time a payment is made with respect to the Notes, and as otherwise required by law, the Issuer may deduct and withhold from such amount otherwise deliverable to the Holder the amount required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law, and such amount shall be deemed paid to such Holder for all purposes of this Indenture.
Section 13.07. Calculations in Respect of Notes. Except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in the Notes, all calculations to be made in respect of the Notes shall be the obligation of the Issuer. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Closing Sale Price or volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock, Daily Settlement Amounts, Daily Exchange Values, the Trading Price of the Notes, accrued interest payable on the Notes and the Exchange Rate and Exchange Price. All calculations made by the Issuer or its agent as contemplated pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Notes shall be made in good faith and be final and binding on the Notes and the Holders of the Notes absent manifest error. The Issuer shall provide a schedule of calculations to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy of the calculations by the Issuer without independent verification. The Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall forward calculations made by the Issuer to any Holder of Notes upon request. None of the Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Paying Agent, Exchange Agent and the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) shall have any responsibility to determine the Trading Price of the Notes or the Closing Sale Price or whether the conditions to exchange specified in Article 13 have been satisfied.
75 |
ARTICLE 14
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES
Section 14.01. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called. A meeting of Holders of Notes may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article 14 to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Notes.
Section 14.02. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings. (a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 16.03, not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
(b) In case at any time the Issuer, pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Guarantor, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of Notes in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section 14.02.
Section 14.03. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Notes, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more outstanding Notes by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantor and their respective counsel.
Section 14.04. Quorum; Action. The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Notes; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at the reconvening of any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; at the reconvening of any meeting adjourned or further adjourned for lack of a quorum, the persons entitled to vote 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 14.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.
76 |
Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at such meeting; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes duly held in accordance with this Section 14.04 shall be binding on all the Holders of Notes, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Notes with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all outstanding Notes affected thereby:
(i) there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and
(ii) the principal amount of the outstanding Notes that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.
Section 14.05. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings. (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Notes in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.01 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.01 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 8.01 to certify to the holding of the Notes. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 8.01 or other proof.
77 |
(b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuer, the Guarantor or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 14.02(b), in which case the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of Notes calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at the meeting.
(c) At any meeting each Holder of such Notes or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the outstanding Notes held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of Notes or proxy.
(d) Any meeting of Holders of Notes duly called pursuant to Section 14.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
Section 14.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the outstanding Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 14.02 and, if applicable, Section 14.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Issuer and the Guarantor and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
78 |
ARTICLE 15
GUARANTEE
Section 15.01. Guarantee. By its execution hereof, the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Issuer and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at the Maturity Date, upon acceleration, upon repurchase due to a Fundamental Change or otherwise, and Interest on overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) Interest on any overdue Interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes (including fees, expenses or other) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, upon repurchase due to a Fundamental Change or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 15.03 hereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”).
Subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof, the entry of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes: (a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuer (each, a “Benefited Party”) to proceed against the Issuer or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to pursue any other remedy in any secured party’s power before proceeding against the Guarantor; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons or the failure of a Benefited Party to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of any other Person or Persons; (c) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as expressly required by this Indenture), including but not limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Guarantor, the Issuer, any Benefited Party, any creditor of the Guarantor or the Issuer or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of which are hereby guaranteed; (d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed against the Guarantor for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (f) any defense arising because of a Benefited Party’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Law, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (g) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Guarantor hereby covenants that, except as otherwise provided therein, the Guarantee shall not be discharged except by payment in full of all Guarantee Obligations, including the principal and Interest on the Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture or as provided in Article 7.
79 |
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, or any trustee or similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guarantee Obligations hereby until payment in full of all such obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes hereof, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Guarantee Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee.
Section 15.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 15.01 hereof, the Guarantor agrees that a notation of the Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of the Guarantor by an officer of the Guarantor.
The Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee set forth in this Article 15 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Guarantee.
If an officer whose facsimile signature is on a Note or a notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.
Section 15.03. Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events. (a) The Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under this Article 15 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor, result in the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
80 |
(b) The Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees, to the fullest extent that it may do so under applicable law, that in the event of the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, the Guarantor shall not file (or join in any filing of), or otherwise seek to participate in the filing of, any motion or request seeking to stay or to prohibit (even temporarily) execution on the Guarantee and hereby waives and agrees not to take the benefit of any such stay of execution, whether under Section 362 or 105 of the Bankruptcy Law or otherwise.
Section 15.04. Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor. (a) For purposes of any provision of this Indenture which provides for the delivery by the Guarantor of an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, the definitions of such terms in Section 1.01 hereof shall apply to the Guarantor as if references therein to the Issuer or the General Partner, as applicable, were references to the Guarantor.
(b) Any request, direction, order or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is to be made by the Guarantor shall be sufficient if evidenced as described in Section 16.03 hereof as if references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.
(c) Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes to or on the Guarantor may be given or served as described in Section 16.03 hereof as if references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.
(d) Upon any demand, request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as are required in Section 16.05 hereof as if all references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.
ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 16.01. Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Issuer or Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.
Section 16.02. Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Issuer shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Person that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Issuer or Guarantor.
Section 16.03. Addresses for Notices, etc. Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes on the Issuer or Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows:
81 |
To Issuer:
Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP
c/o Campus Crest Communities, Inc.
2100 Rexford Road, Suite 414
Charlotte, North Carolina 28211
Telecopier No.: (704) 631-4641
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
To Guarantor:
Campus Crest Communities, Inc.
2100 Rexford Road, Suite 414
Charlotte, North Carolina 28211
Telecopier No.: (704) 631-4641
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, when received after being given or served by being deposited, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by facsimile transmission addressed as follows:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
EP-MN-WS3C
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.: (651) 466-7430
The Trustee, by notice to the Issuer, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any notice or communication to a Noteholder shall be given through the facilities of the Depositary in accordance with the Depositary’s customary procedures; provided, however, that notices to holders holding certificated Notes shall be given by mail to the addresses of such Holders as they appear in the Note Register.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed or given in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
Section 16.04. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
82 |
Section 16.05. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent, Certificates to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and, if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 16.06. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date of any Note, or the last date on which a Holder has the right to exchange a Note, shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note other than a provision in such Note which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu hereof), any such action relating to the payment of Interest or principal or exchange of such security may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on the Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date, or on such last day for exchange, provided that no Interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date, as the case may be.
Section 16.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then solely in the event that this Agreement becomes subject to qualification under the Trust Indenture Act or is otherwise qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
Section 16.08. No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction in which property of the Issuer or its subsidiaries is located.
83 |
Section 16.09. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 16.10. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 16.11. Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 16.12. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
84 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP
By: Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, as its sole general partner
By: Campus Crest Communities, Inc., as its sole member
By: /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr.
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr.
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC., as Guarantor
By: /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr.
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr.
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By: /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
Name: Raymond S. Haverstock
Title: Vice President
85 |
EXECUTION COPY
EXHIBIT A
[Include only for Global Notes]
[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “DEPOSITARY,” WHICH TERM INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY FOR THE CERTIFICATES) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREIN IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
[Include for all Notes]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER; OR (B) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE).
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING | CUSIP: 13467C AA0 |
PARTNERSHIP, LP | ISIN: US13467CAA09 |
4.75% EXCHANGEABLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
$[______]
Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (herein called the “Issuer,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [______] DOLLARS ($[____]), or such lesser amount as is set forth in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Note on the other side of this Note, on October 15, 2018 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, and to pay Interest, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing April 15, 2014, on said principal sum at said office or agency, in like coin or currency, at the rate per annum of 4.75%, from the April 15 or October 15, as the case may be, next preceding the date of this Note to which Interest has been paid or duly provided for, unless no Interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Notes, in which case from October 9, 2013, until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for. Principal of and Interest on any Global Note shall be paid in immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Payment of the principal of Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be made at the office or agency designated by the Issuer for such purpose. Interest on Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be paid (i) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes and (ii) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder or, upon application by a Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Registrar to the contrary.
A-1 |
The Issuer promises to pay Interest on overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such Interest is enforceable under applicable law) Interest at the rate borne by the Notes.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right at its option to exchange this Note into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the election of the Issuer, on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
A-2 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed.
Dated: | CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP |
By: Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, as its sole general partner By: Campus Crest Communities, Inc., as its sole member | |
By: _____________________________________ | |
Name: | |
Title: |
A-3 |
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
Dated: | U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
By: _____________________________________ | |
Authorized Signatory | |
A-4 |
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP
4.75% EXCHANGEABLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of October 9, 2013 (herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may declare the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes, subject to exceptions set forth in Section 9.01 and Section 9.02 of the Indenture. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any past default or Event of Default, subject to the exceptions set forth in the Indenture.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall impair, as among the Issuer and the Holder of the Notes, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and Interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein and in the Indenture prescribed.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Notes are issuable in fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Issuer referred to in the Indenture, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of any service charge but with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or exchange of Notes, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of any other authorized denominations.
A-5 |
The Notes are not subject to redemption or to the provisions of any sinking fund.
Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Indenture.
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof shall have the right at its option to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of this Note into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the election of the Issuer as provided in, and subject to the provisions of, Article 13 of the Indenture.
In the event the Holder surrenders this Note for exchange in connection with a Make Whole Fundamental Change as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer will, under the circumstances specified in the Indenture, increase the applicable Exchange Rate by the Additional Shares as and when provided in the Indenture.
Except as expressly provided in Article 15 of the Indenture, no recourse for the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture) or Interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer in the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or in this Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, partner, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s Subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of this Note.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 9, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
A-6 |
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
TEN–COM | as tenants in common | |
TEN–ENT | as tenant by the entireties | |
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT | Uniform Gifts to Minors Act | |
Cust | Custodian | |
JT–TEN | as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act | |
(State) |
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
A-7 |
GUARANTEE
Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successors or assigns under the Indenture, dated the date hereof, among the Guarantor, the Issuer (defined below) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”)), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis on the terms set forth in the Indenture the Guarantee Obligations (as defined in Section 15.01 of the Indenture), which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and Interest, on the 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Issuer,” which term includes any successors thereto under the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon a repurchase or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of Interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) Interest on any overdue Interest on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer, to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon a repurchase or otherwise.
The obligations of the Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee.
The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, the benefit of discussion, protest or notice with respect to the Notes and all demands whatsoever.
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder (direct or indirect) of the Guarantor (or any such successor entity) as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until legally discharged in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder of the Notes or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.
This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.
A-8 |
The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to ensure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
THE TERMS OF ARTICLE 15 OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.
The Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
A-9 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: | CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC., as Guarantor |
By:_________________________________ | |
Name: | |
Title: |
A-10 |
EXCHANGE NOTICE
TO: | CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated, into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable and deliverable upon such exchange, together with any check in payment for cash, if any, payable upon exchange or for fractional shares and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. If shares or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will provide the appropriate information below and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of Interest accompanies this Note.
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby certifies that it or the Person on whose behalf the Notes are being exchanged is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Dated: _____________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
Signature(s)
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Signature Guarantee
_______________________________________
A-11 |
Fill in the registration of shares of Common Stock, if any, if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, and the person to whom cash and payment for fractional shares is to be made, if to be made, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:
Please print name and address
_________________________________
(Name)
_________________________________
(Street Address)
_________________________________
(City, State and Zip Code)
Principal amount to be exchanged
(if less than all):
$________________________________
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number:
_________________________________
NOTICE: The signature on this Exchange Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
A-12 |
REPURCHASE NOTICE
TO: | CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee |
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP (the “Issuer”) regarding the right of Holders to elect to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change and requests and instructs the Issuer to repay the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in cash, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued and unpaid Interest to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date to the registered holder hereof. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. The Notes shall be repurchased by the Issuer as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.
NOTICE: The above signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Note Certificate Number (if applicable): __________________________
Principal amount to be repurchased (if less than all, must be $1,000 or whole multiples thereof): ________________________
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number: _________________________
Dated:________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Signature(s)
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
________________________________
Signature Guarantee
A-13 |
ASSIGNMENT
For value received __________________ hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s) unto ______________________ (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Issuer, with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of the Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:
¨ | To Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, Campus Crest Communities, Inc. or a subsidiary of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP; or |
¨ | To a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.
Dated:_______________________
________________________________
________________________________
Signature(s)
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
________________________________
Signature Guarantee
NOTICE: The signature on this Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
A-14 |
[Include Schedule I only for a Global Note]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN NOTE
The initial principal amount of this Global Note is [_______] DOLLARS ($[_____]). The following increases or decreases in part of this Note have been made:
Date | Amount of Increase in Principal Amount of this Note | Amount of Decrease in Principal Amount of this Note | Principal Amount of this Note following such Increase or Decrease | Signature of Authorized Officer or Trustee |
A-15 |
Exhibit 5.1
Hogan Lovells US LLP Columbia Square 555 Thirteenth Street, NW Washington, DC 20004 T +1 202 637 5600 F +1 202 637 5910 www.hoganlovells.com |
October 9, 2013
Board of Directors
Campus Crest Communities, Inc.
2100 Rexford Road, Suite 414
Charlotte, NC 28211
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as counsel to Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) and Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), in connection with the public offering of up to 3,910,000 shares of 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) of the Company (including up to 510,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable to cover the exercise in full of an option to purchase additional shares), par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), all of which Shares are to be sold by the Company pursuant to a prospectus supplement dated October 3, 2013 and the accompanying prospectus dated April 25, 2013 (such documents, collectively, the “Prospectus”) that form part of the Company’s effective registration statement on Form S-3ASR (File No. 333-188144) (the “Registration Statement”). This opinion letter is furnished to you at your request to enable you to fulfill the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. § 229.601(b)(5), in connection with the Registration Statement.
For purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined copies of such agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed an appropriate basis on which to render the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination of the aforesaid documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the accuracy and completeness of all documents submitted to us, the authenticity of all original documents, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies (including telecopies). We have also assumed that the Shares will not be issued in violation of the ownership limits contained in the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company and the Articles Supplementary thereto. As to all matters of fact, we have relied on the representations and statements of fact made in the documents so reviewed, and we have not independently established the facts so relied on. This opinion letter is given, and all statements herein are made, in the context of the foregoing.
This opinion letter is based as to matters of law solely on the applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended, currently in effect. We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, or regulations. As used herein, the term “Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended” includes the applicable statutory provisions contained therein, all applicable provisions of the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws.
Board of Directors Campus Crest Communities, Inc. |
Page 2 | October 9, 2013 |
Based upon, subject to and limited by the foregoing, we are of the opinion that following (i) issuance and delivery of the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, dated October 3, 2013, by and among the Company, the Operating Partnership and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters listed on Schedule II attached thereto, and (ii) receipt by the Company of the consideration for the Shares specified in the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.
This opinion letter has been prepared for use in connection with the filing by the Company of a Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the offer and sale of the Shares, which Form 8-K will be incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and speaks as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the delivery of this letter.
Board of Directors Campus Crest Communities, Inc. |
Page 3 | October 9, 2013 |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the above-described Form 8-K and to the reference to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are an “expert” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Very truly yours, | |||
/s/ Hogan Lovells US LLP | |||
HOGAN LOVELLS US LLP |
Exhibit 10.1
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC.
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP
4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2018
Registration Rights Agreement
October 9, 2013
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
As Representatives of the several Initial
Purchasers
listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
c/o | Barclays Capital Inc. |
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, its 4.75% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement by and among the Operating Partnership, Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the sole member of Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, which is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership (the “Company”), and the Representatives, dated October 3, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”), relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Notes. In certain circumstances, the Notes will be exchangeable into shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Company Common Stock”). The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the Company. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy obligations thereunder, the holders of the Notes will have the benefit of this registration rights agreement by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Initial Purchasers whereby the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes and Registrable Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.
“Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act.
“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement filed by a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer which shall become effective upon filing thereof pursuant to General Instruction I.D for Form S-3.
“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law to close or to be closed.
“Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Notes.
“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Company Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Control” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
“Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 3(i) hereof.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Exchange Price” shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.
“Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated October 3, 2013, relating to the Notes, including any and all annexes thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.
2 |
“FINRA Rules” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of October 3, 2013, by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company, as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) hereof.
“Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the Company Common Stock registered under the Shelf Registration Statement.
“Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a written notice delivered to the Company substantially in the form attached as Annex A to the Final Memorandum.
“Notice Holder” shall mean, on any date, any Holder that has delivered a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to such date.
“Operating Partnership” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Prospectus” shall mean a prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.
“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Registrable Securities” shall mean shares of Company Common Stock, if any, deliverable by the Operating Partnership upon exchange of the Notes initially sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement other than such shares of Company Common Stock that have (i) been registered under the Shelf Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith, (ii) have become eligible to be sold without condition as contemplated by Rule 144 under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission or (iii) ceased to be outstanding.
3 |
“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.
“Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Shelf Registration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof which covers some or all of the Company Common Stock on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
“Underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Company Common Stock in connection with an offering thereof under the Shelf Registration Statement.
“Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Act.
2. Shelf Registration. (a) The Company shall file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement (which shall be, if the Company is then a Well-Know Seasoned Issuer, an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to the 180th day after the Closing Date.
(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period (the “Shelf Registration Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission (or becomes effective in the case of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) to and including the earlier of (i) the 20th Trading Day (as defined in the Indenture) immediately following the maturity date of the Notes (subject to extension for any suspension of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement during such 20 Trading Day period immediately following the maturity date) or (ii) the date upon which there are no Notes or Registrable Securities outstanding. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities not being able to offer and sell such Company Common Stock at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, or (y) permitted by Section 3(i) hereof.
4 |
(c) The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(d) Subject to applicable law, the Company shall issue a press release through a reputable national newswire service announcing the anticipated effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date thereof. Each Holder, in order to be named in the Shelf Registration Statement at the time of its initial effectiveness, will be required to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information as the Company may reasonably request in writing, if any, to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement as announced in the press release. From and after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts, as promptly as is practicable after the date a Notice and Questionnaire is delivered, and in any event within 20 Business Days after such date, (i) if required by applicable law, to file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or to prepare and, if permitted or required by applicable law, to file a supplement to the related Prospectus or an amendment or supplement to any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire is named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, and so that such Holder is permitted to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of the Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law (provided that the Company shall not be required to file more than one supplement or post-effective amendment in any 60-day period in accordance with this Section 2(d)(i)) and, if the Company shall file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement that is not automatically effective under the Act, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective under the Act as promptly as is practicable; (ii) provide such Holder, upon request, copies of any documents filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) hereof; and (iii) notify such Holder as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness under the Act of any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) hereof; provided that if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a Deferral Period, the Company shall so inform the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire and shall take the actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above upon expiration of the Deferral Period in accordance with Section 3(i) hereof. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to name any Holder that is not a Notice Holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or related Prospectus; provided, however, that any Holder that becomes a Notice Holder pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2(d) (whether or not such Holder was a Notice Holder at the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement) shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or related Prospectus in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Notes are exchanged as provided for in Article 13 of the Indenture, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file the post-effective amendment or supplement within 20 Business Days of the exchange date, or if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a Deferral Period, upon expiration of the Deferral Period.
5 |
3. Registration Procedures. The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.
(a) The Company shall:
(i) furnish to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Holders, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably propose; and
(ii) include information regarding the Notice Holders and the methods of distribution they have elected for their Registrable Securities provided to the Company in Notices and Questionnaires as necessary to permit such distribution by the methods specified therein.
(b) The Company shall ensure that:
(i) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and
(ii) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
(c) The Company shall advise the Representatives, the Notice Holders and any underwriter that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and confirm such advice in writing, if requested (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):
(i) when the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;
(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Company Common Stock included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
6 |
(v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(d) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. The Company shall undertake additional reasonable actions as required to permit unrestricted resales of the Company Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(e) Upon request, the Company shall furnish to each Notice Holder, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto and, if a Notice Holder so requests in writing, copies of any or all material incorporated therein by reference and/or exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
(f) During the Shelf Registration Period, the Company shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Notice Holder, and any sales or placement agents or underwriters acting on their behalf, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus, if any) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the foregoing in connection with the offering and sale of the Company Common Stock.
(g) Prior to any offering of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange for the qualification of the Company Common Stock for sale under the laws of such U.S. jurisdictions as any Notice Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement or any offering pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
(h) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by Section 3(i) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to subsequent purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
7 |
(i) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development, public filings with the Commission or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Company shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Notice Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement is suspended and, upon receipt of any such notice, each Notice Holder agrees (i) not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Notice Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus and (ii) to hold such notice in confidence. Except in the case of a suspension of the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus solely as the result of the filing of a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to add additional selling securityholders therein, the period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 45 days in any calendar quarter or 90 days in any calendar year; provided, that, if the event triggering the Deferral Period relates to a proposed or pending material business transaction, including any material property acquisition, the disclosure of which the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith would be reasonably likely to impede the ability to consummate the transaction or would otherwise be seriously detrimental to the Company and its subsidiaries taken a whole, the Company may extend the Deferral Period from 45 days to 60 days in any calendar quarter or from 90 days to 120 days in any calendar year.
(j) The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement.
(k) The Company may require each Holder of Company Common Stock to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Company Common Stock as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company may exclude from the Shelf Registration Statement the Company Common Stock of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(l) Subject to Section 6 hereof, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Company Common Stock, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain customary indemnification provisions and procedures.
8 |
(m) Subject to Section 6 hereof, for persons who are or may be “underwriters” with respect to the Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes within the meaning of the Act and who make appropriate requests for information to be used solely for the purpose of taking reasonable steps to establish a due diligence or similar defense in connection with the proposed sale of such Company Common Stock pursuant to the Shelf Registration, the Company shall:
(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Company Common Stock to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries;
(ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;
(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Company Common Stock registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
(v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Company Common Stock registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and
(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 3(h) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.
9 |
Subject to Section 6 hereof, the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (m) shall be performed in connection with any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
(n) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Company Common Stock or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “participate in an offering” (within the meaning of the FINRA Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Company Common Stock or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall, upon the reasonable request of such Broker-Dealer, comply with any such reasonable request of such Broker-Dealer in complying with the FINRA Rules.
(o) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement.
4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2 and 3 hereof and shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Sidley Austin llp, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith.
5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Operating Partnership agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder or Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any such Holder or Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company and the Operating Partnership will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein.
10 |
The Company and the Operating Partnership also agree to indemnify as provided in this Section 5(a) or contribute as provided in Section 5(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Company Common Stock registered under the Shelf Registration Statement, its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this paragraph (a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 3(l) hereof.
(b) Each Holder of securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Operating Partnership, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the Shelf Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Operating Partnership to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement shall be acknowledged by each Notice Holder that is not an Initial Purchaser in such Notice Holder’s Notice and Questionnaire and shall be in addition to any liability that any such Notice Holder may otherwise have.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it has been materially prejudiced through the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any action shall be brought against an indemnified party and it shall have notified the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified persons. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.
11 |
(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Notes, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Company Common Stock registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or the Operating Partnership who shall have signed the Shelf Registration Statement and each director of the Company or the Operating Partnership shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Operating Partnership, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
12 |
(e) The provisions of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 5, and shall survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement.
6. Underwritten Registrations. (a) In no event will the method of distribution of Registrable Securities take the form of an underwritten offering without the prior written consent of the Company. Consent may be conditioned on waivers of any of the obligations in Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5.
(b) If any shares of Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Company, subject to the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s shares of Company Common Stock on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
7. Registration Defaults. If any of the following events shall occur (each, a “Registration Default”), then the Company shall pay additional interest on the Notes (“Additional Interest”) to the Holders as follows:
(a) if the Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission and become effective (whether upon such filing if the Company is then a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer or upon declaration by the Commission if the Company is not then a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) on or prior to the 180th day after the Closing Date, then commencing on the 181st day after the Closing Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the 181st day after the Closing Date and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or
13 |
(b) if the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared or becomes effective but ceases to be effective or usable for the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities, other than in connection with (i) a Deferral Period or (ii) as a result of a requirement to file a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make changes to the information regarding selling securityholders or the plan of distribution provided for therein, at any time during the Shelf Registration Period and the Company does not cure the lapse of effectiveness or usability within 10 Business Days (or, if a Deferral Period is then in effect and subject to the 10 Business Day filing requirement and the proviso regarding the filing of post-effective amendments in Section 2(d) with respect to any Notice and Questionnaire received during such period, within 10 Business Days following the expiration of such Deferral Period or period permitted pursuant to Section 2(d)) then Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the day following such tenth Business Day and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or
(c) if the Company through its omission fails to name as a selling securityholder any Holder that had complied timely with its obligations hereunder in a manner to entitle such Holder to be so named in (i) the Shelf Registration Statement at the time it first became effective or (ii) any Prospectus at the later of time of filing thereof or the time the Shelf Registration Statement of which the Prospectus forms a part becomes effective, then Additional Interest shall accrue, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the day following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement or the time of filing of such Prospectus, as the case may be, and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or
(d) if the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period pursuant to Section 3(i) hereof, then commencing on the day the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period, Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including such date, and 0.50% per annum thereafter;
provided, however, that (1) upon the filing and effectiveness (whether upon such filing or otherwise) of the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (a) above), (2) upon such time as the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective or usable for resales again becomes effective and usable for resales (in the case of paragraph (b) above), (3) upon the time such Holder is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus in accordance with applicable law (in the case of paragraph (c) above), (4) upon the termination of the Deferral Period that caused the limit on the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in a period set forth in 3(i) to be exceeded (in the case of paragraph (d) above), or (5) in any case, notwithstanding the preceding clauses (1) through (4), upon the earlier of the two dates provided in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2(b), Additional Interest shall cease to accrue.
14 |
Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to this Section 7 will be payable in cash on the next succeeding interest payment date to Holders entitled to receive such Additional Interest on the relevant record dates for the payment of interest. If any Note ceases to be outstanding during any period for which Additional Interest is accruing, the Company will prorate the Additional Interest payable with respect to such Note.
The Additional Interest rate on the Notes shall not exceed in the aggregate 0.50% per annum and shall not be payable under more than one clause above for any given period of time, except that if Additional Interest would be payable because of more than one Registration Default, but at a rate of 0.25% per annum under one Registration Default and at a rate of 0.50% per annum under the other, then the Additional Interest rate shall be the higher rate of 0.50% per annum.
Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, in no event shall interest, including Additional Interest, accrue to holders of shares of Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of Notes. In lieu thereof, the Operating Partnership shall increase the Exchange Rate (as defined in the Indenture) by 3% for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes exchanged at a time when such Registration Default has occurred and is continuing. If a Registration Default occurs after a Holder has exchanged Notes, such Holder will not be entitled to the increase in the Exchange Rate specified in the preceding sentence.
8. No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has entered into, and each agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the registration rights granted to the Holders herein.
9. Rule 144A and Rule 144. So long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the written request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A of the Act. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to require the Company or the Operating Partnership to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
10. Listing. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the approval of the Company Common Stock for listing on the New York Stock Exchange.
11. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Majority Holders; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, modification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, modification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 7 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 11 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder.
15 |
12. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Notice and Questionnaire;
(b) if to the Initial Purchasers or the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and
(c) if to the Company or the Operating Partnership, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
The Initial Purchasers, the Company or the Operating Partnership by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices given to Holders holding Notes in book-entry form may be given through the facilities of DTC or any successor depository.
13. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the Operating Partnership agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
14. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company or the Operating Partnership thereto, subsequent Holders, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 5 hereof. The Company and the Operating Partnership hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
16 |
15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
16. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
17. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
18. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
19. Company Common Stock Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Company Common Stock is required hereunder, Company Common Stock held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Company Common Stock if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Company Common Stock) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
17 |
Very truly yours, | ||||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES, INC. | ||||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Name: | Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Title: | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary | |||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, LP | ||||
By: | Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, as its general partner | |||
By: | Campus Crest Communities, Inc., as its sole member | |||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Name: | Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Title: | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
18 |
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC. | ||
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH | ||
INCORPORATED | ||
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. | ||
on behalf of themselves and the several Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement | ||
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC. | ||
By: | /s/ David Levin | |
Name: David Levin | ||
Title: Managing Director | ||
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED | ||
By: | /s/ Burri Rao-Kathi | |
Name: Burri Rao-Kathi | ||
Title: Managing Director | ||
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. | ||
By: | /s/ John Wieker | |
Name: John Wieker | ||
Title: Managing Director | ||
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
19 |
Exhibit 10.2
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP
October 9, 2013
This First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP (this “Amendment”) is made as of October 9, 2013 by Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as the sole member of Campus Crest Communities GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”), as the general partner of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), pursuant to the authority granted to the Company in the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP, dated as of February 9, 2012, as amended (the “Partnership Agreement”), for the purpose of designating additional Partnership Units as 8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
WHEREAS, pursuant to authority duly delegated to a pricing committee (the “2012 Pricing Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors)” in resolutions of the Board of Directors duly adopted on January 13, 2012, the 2012 Pricing Committee adopted resolutions on February 2, 2012, classifying and designating up to 2,300,000 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”) as a separate class of Preferred Stock to be known as the “8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock” (“Series A Preferred Stock”), and setting the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, transfers, qualifications, terms and conditions of redemption and other terms and conditions of such Series A Preferred Stock;
WHEREAS, the Company filed Articles Supplementary effective on February 8, 2012 (the “2012 Articles Supplementary”), to the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company (the “Charter”) filed on September 15, 2010, classifying and establishing the Series A Preferred Stock, with such preferences, rights, powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption as described in the Original Articles Supplementary, and classifying and establishing 2,300,000 shares of the Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock;
WHEREAS, on February 9, 2012, as set forth in Article 16 of the Partnership Agreement, the Company, as the sole member of the General Partner, as the general partner of the Partnership, designated and established 2,300,000 Partnership Units of the Partnership as “8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units” (“Series A Preferred Units”), having designations, preferences and other rights which are substantially the same as the economic rights of the Series A Preferred Stock;
WHEREAS, pursuant to authority duly delegated to a Pricing Committee (the “2013 Pricing Committee”) of the Board of Directors in resolutions of the Board of Directors duly adopted on October 1, 2013, the 2013 Pricing Committee adopted resolutions on October 3, 2013 classifying and designating an additional 3,910,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock, having the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption as set forth in the Original Articles Supplementary, with the result that the Company has authorized an aggregate of 6,210,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which constitutes a single series of Preferred Stock;
WHEREAS, the Company filed Articles Supplementary to the Charter (the “2013 Articles Supplementary)” with the Department, effective on October 9, 2013,classifying and establishing an additional 3,910,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock;
WHEREAS, on October 9, 2013, the Company issued 3,800,000 additional shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; as of the date hereof, the Company is authorized to issue an additional 110,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock; and
WHEREAS, the Company, as the sole member of the General Partner, as the general partner of the Partnership, has determined that, in connection with the issuance of the additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, it is necessary and desirable to amend the Partnership Agreement to classify and designate additional Partnership Units as Series A Preferred Units.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the Company, as the sole member of the General Partner, as the general partner of the Partnership, hereby amends the Partnership Agreement as follows:
1. Article 16 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 16.1 thereof and replacing such Section with the following new Section 16.1:
“Section 16.1 Designation and Number
A series of Partnership Units in the Partnership designated as the “8.00% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units” is hereby established, with the rights, priorities and preferences set forth herein. The number of Series A Preferred Units shall be 6,210,000.”
2. In accordance with Section 4.3 of the Partnership Agreement, set forth in Article 16, as amended hereby, are the terms and conditions of the additional Series A Preferred Units hereby established and issued to the Company in consideration of its contribution to the Partnership of the proceeds of the issuance and sale of the additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company. The Partnership Agreement is amended to replace Exhibit A thereto with a revised Exhibit A to reflect the issuance of the additional Series A Preferred Units.
3. Except as modified herein, all terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, which terms and conditions the Company hereby ratifies and confirms.
4. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law.
5. If any provision of this Amendment is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership of Campus Crest Communities Operating Partnership, LP follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.
General Partner: | ||||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company | ||||
By: | Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member | |||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||||
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
Limited Partners listed on Exhibit A hereto: | ||||
CAMPUS CREST COMMUNITIES GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as attorney-in-fact acting on behalf of the Limited Partners listed on Exhibit A hereto | ||||
By: | Campus Crest Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member | |||
By: | /s/ Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | |||
Name: Donald L. Bobbitt, Jr. | ||||
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |